AD9699BBPZRL-3000 [ADI]
14-Bit, 3 GSPS, JESD204B, Single Analog-to-Digital Converter;型号: | AD9699BBPZRL-3000 |
厂家: | ADI |
描述: | 14-Bit, 3 GSPS, JESD204B, Single Analog-to-Digital Converter |
文件: | 总121页 (文件大小:8185K) |
中文: | 中文翻译 | 下载: | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
Data Sheet
AD9699
14-Bit, 3 GSPS, JESD204B, Single Analog-to-Digital Converter
► 4 integrated digital downconverters
► 48-bit NCO
► 4 cascaded half-band filters
► Phase coherent NCO switching
► Up to 4 channels available
FEATURES
► JESD204B (Subclass 1) coded serial digital outputs
► Support for lane rates up to 16 Gbps per lane
► 2 W total power at 3 GSPS (default settings)
► Performance at −2 dBFS amplitude, 2.6 GHz input
► SFDR = 70 dBFS
► SNR = 57.2 dBFS
► Performance at −9 dBFS amplitude, 2.6 GHz input
► SFDR = 78 dBFS
► Serial port control
► Integer clock with divide by 2 and divide by 4 options
► Flexible JESD204B lane configurations
► On-chip dither
► SNR = 59.5 dBFS
APPLICATIONS
► Integrated input buffer
► Noise density = −152 dBFS/Hz
► 0.975 V, 1.9 V, and 2.5 V dc supply operation
► 9 GHz analog input full power bandwidth (−3 dB)
► Amplitude detect bits for efficient AGC implementation
► Diversity multiband and multimode digital receivers
► 3G/4G, TD-SCDMA, W-CDMA, GSM, LTE, LTE-A
► Electronic test and measurement systems
► Phased array radar and electronic warfare
► DOCSIS 3.0 CMTS upstream receive paths
► HFC digital reverse path receivers
► LIDAR
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
Figure 1.
Rev. 0
Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable "as is". However, no responsibility is assumed by Analog
Devices for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties that may result from its use. Specifications subject to
change without notice. No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog Devices. Trademarks and
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
DOCUMENT FEEDBACK
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Data Sheet
AD9699
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Features................................................................ 1
Applications........................................................... 1
Functional Block Diagram......................................1
General Description...............................................3
Product Highlights.............................................. 3
Specifications........................................................ 4
DC Specifications...............................................4
AC Specifications............................................... 5
Digital Specifications.......................................... 7
Switching Specifications.....................................8
Timing Specifications......................................... 8
Absolute Maximum Ratings.................................10
Thermal Resistance......................................... 10
ESD Caution.....................................................10
Pin Configuration and Function Descriptions.......11
Typical Performance Characteristics...................13
Equivalent Circuits...............................................19
Theory of Operation.............................................21
ADC Architecture..............................................21
Analog Input Considerations............................ 21
Voltage Reference............................................24
DC Offset Calibration....................................... 24
Clock Input Considerations.............................. 25
Power-Down/Standby Mode.............................27
Temperature Diode...........................................27
ADC Overrange and Fast Detect.........................29
ADC Overrange................................................29
Fast Threshold Detection (FD).........................29
ADC Application Modes and JESD204B Tx
Converter Mapping............................................30
Programmable FIR Filters................................... 31
Supported Modes.............................................31
Programming Instructions................................ 32
Digital Downconverter (DDC).............................. 33
DDC I/Q Output Selection................................ 33
DDC General Description.................................33
DDC Frequency Translation.............................35
DDC Decimation Filters....................................43
DDC Gain Stage...............................................48
DDC Complex to Real Conversion...................48
DDC Mixed Decimation Settings......................50
DDC Example Configurations.......................... 51
DDC Power Consumption................................ 53
Signal Monitor......................................................54
SPORT over JESD204B.................................. 54
Digital Outputs.....................................................56
Introduction to the JESD204B Interface...........56
JESD204B Overview........................................56
Functional Overview.........................................57
JESD204B Link Establishment.........................57
Physical Layer (Driver) Outputs....................... 59
fS × 4 Mode...................................................... 60
Setting Up the AD9699 Digital Interface...........62
Deterministic Latency.......................................... 68
Subclass 0 Operation.......................................68
Subclass 1 Operation.......................................68
Multichip Synchronization....................................70
Normal Mode....................................................70
Timestamp Mode..............................................70
SYSREF Input..................................................71
SYSREF± Setup/Hold Window Monitor........... 73
Latency................................................................76
End to End Total Latency................................. 76
Example Latency Calculations......................... 76
LMFC Referenced Latency.............................. 76
Test Modes.......................................................... 78
ADC Test Modes.............................................. 78
JESD204B Block Test Modes...........................79
Serial Port Interface.............................................81
Configuration Using the SPI.............................81
Hardware Interface...........................................81
SPI Accessible Features.................................. 81
Memory Map........................................................82
Reading the Memory Map Register Table........82
Memory Map Register Details..........................82
Applications Information.................................... 119
Power Supply Recommendations.................. 119
Layout Guidelines...........................................119
AVDD1_SR (Pin E7) and AGND (Pin E6
and Pin E8)...................................................120
Outline Dimensions........................................... 121
Ordering Guide...............................................121
Evaluation Boards.......................................... 121
REVISION HISTORY
5/2021—Revision 0: Initial Version
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 2 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The AD9699 is a single, 14-bit, 3 GSPS analog-to-digital converter
(ADC). The device has an on-chip buffer and a sample-and-hold
circuit designed for low power, small size, and ease of use. This
product is designed to support applications capable of direct sam-
pling wide bandwidth analog signals of up to 5 GHz. The −3 dB
bandwidth of the ADC input is 9 GHz. The AD9699 is optimized
for wide input bandwidth, high sampling rate, excellent linearity, and
low power in a small package.
provides additional information about the signal being digitized by
the ADC.
The user can configure the Subclass 1 JESD204B-based high
speed serialized output in a variety of one-lane, two-lane, four-lane,
and eight-lane configurations, depending on the DDC configuration
and the acceptable lane rate of the receiving logic device. Multi-
device synchronization is supported through the SYSREF± and
SYNCINB± input pins.
The ADC core features a multistage, differential pipelined architec-
ture with integrated output error correction logic. The ADC features
wide bandwidth inputs supporting a variety of user-selectable input
ranges. An integrated voltage reference eases design considera-
tions. The analog input and clock signals are differential inputs.
The ADC data outputs are internally connected to four digital down-
converters (DDCs) through a crossbar multiplexer (mux). Each
DDC consists of up to five cascaded signal processing stages: a
48-bit frequency translator (numerically controlled oscillator (NCO)),
and up to four half-band decimation filters. The NCO has the
option to select preset bands over the general-purpose input/output
(GPIO) pins, which enables the selection of up to three bands.
Operation of the AD9699 between the DDC modes is selectable via
serial peripheral interface (SPI)-programmable profiles.
The AD9699 has flexible power-down options that allow significant
power savings when desired. All of these features can be program-
med using a 3-wire SPI.
The AD9699 is available in a Pb-free, 12 mm × 12 mm, 196-ball
BGA and is specified over the −40°C to +85°C ambient temperature
range. This product is protected by a U.S. patent.
Note that throughout this data sheet, multifunction pins, such as
FD/GPIO_A0, are referred to either by the entire pin name or by a
single function of the pin, for example, FD, when only that function
is relevant.
PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS
1. Wide, input −3 dB bandwidth of 9 GHz supports direct RF
In addition to the DDC blocks, the AD9699 has several functions
that simplify the automatic gain control (AGC) function in a com-
munications receiver. The programmable threshold detector allows
monitoring of the incoming signal power using the fast detect
control bits in Register 0x0245 of the ADC. If the input signal level
exceeds the programmable threshold, the fast detect indicator goes
high. Because this threshold indicator has low latency, the user can
quickly turn down the system gain to avoid an overrange condition
at the ADC input. In addition to the fast detect outputs, the AD9699
also offers signal monitoring capability. The signal monitoring block
sampling of signals up to about 5 GHz.
2. Four integrated, wideband decimation filter and NCO blocks
supporting multiband receivers.
3. Fast NCO switching enabled through the GPIO pins.
4. An SPI controls various product features and functions to meet
specific system requirements.
5. Programmable fast overrange detection and signal monitoring.
6. On-chip temperature diode for system thermal management.
7. 12 mm × 12 mm, 196-ball BGA.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 3 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
SPECIFICATIONS
DC SPECIFICATIONS
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD =
1.9 V, specified maximum sampling rate, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, input amplitude (AIN) = −2.0 dBFS, L = 4, M = 1,
F = 1, and −20°C ≤ junction temperature (TJ) ≤ +100°C, unless otherwise noted. The TJ range of −20°C to +100°C translates to a TA range of
−40°C to +85°C. Typical specifications represent performance at TJ = 40°C (TA = 25°C).
Table 1.
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
RESOLUTION
14
Bits
ACCURACY
No Missing Codes
Guaranteed
Offset Error
0
% FSR
% FSR
LSB
Gain Error
−6.07
−0.59
−25.4
±1
±0.4
±6
+6.07
+0.68
+18.1
Differential Nonlinearity (DNL)
Integral Nonlinearity (INL)
TEMPERATURE DRIFT
Offset Error
LSB
±15
440
0.5
5.6
ppm/°C
ppm/°C
V
Gain Error
INTERNAL VOLTAGE REFERENCE
INPUT-REFERRED NOISE
ANALOG INPUTS
LSB rms
Differential Input Voltage Range
1.54
1.35
200
0.25
−7
V p-p
V
Common-Mode Voltage (VCM
Differential Input Resistance
)
1.33
1.54
Ω
Differential Input Capacitance
Differential Input Return Loss at 2.1 GHz1
pF
dB
−3 dB Bandwidth
POWER SUPPLY
AVDD1
9
GHz
0.95
1.85
2.44
0.95
0.95
0.95
1.85
1.85
0.975
1.9
1.0
V
AVDD2
1.95
2.56
1.0
V
AVDD3
2.5
V
AVDD1_SR
DVDD
0.975
0.975
0.975
1.9
V
1.0
V
DRVDD1
DRVDD2
SPIVDD
IAVDD1
1.0
V
1.95
1.95
408.5
483.9
62.57
34
V
1.9
V
335
420
56
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
IAVDD2
IAVDD3
IAVDD1_SR
IDVDD
22
285
420
30
518.4
491.6
33.5
0.996
2
IDRVDD1
IDRVDD2
ISPIVDD
0.20
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 4 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
SPECIFICATIONS
Table 1.
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
POWER CONSUMPTION
Total Power Dissipation (Including Output Drivers)3
Power-Down Dissipation
2.0
250
1.0
2.472
594
W
mW
mW
Standby4
1.41
1
For more information, see the Analog Input Considerations section.
2
All lanes running. Power dissipation on DRVDD1 changes with the lane rate and number of lanes used.
3
Default mode. No DDCs used.
4
Can be controlled by the SPI.
AC SPECIFICATIONS
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD =
1.9 V, specified maximum sampling rate, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, default SPI settings, and −20°C ≤ TJ ≤ +100°C, unless otherwise
noted. The TJ range of −20°C to +100°C translates to a TA range of −40°C to +85°C. Typical specifications represent performance at TJ = 40°C
(TA = 25°C).
Table 2.
AIN = −2 dBFS
Typ
AIN = −9 dBFS
Parameter1
Min
Max
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
NOISE DENSITY2
1.54 V p-p Setting
1.85 V p-p Setting
NOISE FIGURE
−152
−154
24.5
−152
−154
24.5
dBFS/Hz
dBFS/Hz
dB
SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO (SNR)
fIN = 255 MHz
60.2
61.4
59.8
59.5
58.7
58.2
57.2
55.1
60.2
61.8
60.2
60.2
60.0
59.8
59.5
58.6
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
fIN = 255 MHz (1.85 V p-p Setting)
fIN = 765 MHz
fIN = 900 MHz
fIN = 1800 MHz
fIN = 2100 MHz
fIN = 2600 MHz
50.2
fIN = 3950 MHz
SIGNAL-TO-NOISE-AND-DISTORTION RATIO (SINAD)
fIN = 255 MHz
59.7
60.0
58.8
58.6
57.4
56.7
56.1
52.8
60.0
61.5
60.0
59.9
59.7
59.4
59.2
58.2
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
fIN = 255 MHz (1.85 V p-p Setting)
fIN = 765 MHz
fIN = 900 MHz
fIN = 1800 MHz
fIN = 2100 MHz
fIN = 2600 MHz
44.1
fIN = 3950 MHz
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 5 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
SPECIFICATIONS
Table 2.
AIN = −2 dBFS
Typ
AIN = −9 dBFS
Parameter1
Min
Max
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
EFFECTIVE NUMBER OF BITS (ENOB)
fIN = 255 MHz
9.6
9.5
9.4
9.2
9.1
9.0
8.5
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.6
9.6
9.5
9.4
Bits
dBFS
Bits
Bits
Bits
Bits
Bits
fIN = 765 MHz
fIN = 900 MHz
fIN = 1800 MHz
fIN = 2100 MHz
fIN = 2600 MHz
8.1
fIN = 3950 MHz
SPURIOUS-FREE DYNAMIC RANGE (SFDR), SECOND OR THIRD HARMONIC
fIN = 255 MHz
71
65
71
71
69
67
70
58
78
83
79
78
81
73
78
73
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
fIN = 255 MHz (1.85 V p-p Setting)
fIN = 765 MHz
fIN = 900 MHz
fIN = 1800 MHz
fIN = 2100 MHz
fIN = 2600 MHz
47.2
fIN = 3950 MHz
WORST OTHER, EXCLUDING SECOND OR THIRD HARMONIC
fIN = 255 MHz
−89
−90
−90
−89
−81
−80
−84
−80
−90
−90
−89
−90
−94
−98
−90
−90
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
fIN = 255 MHz (1.85 V p-p Setting)
fIN = 765 MHz
fIN = 900 MHz
fIN = 1800 MHz
fIN = 2100 MHz
fIN = 2600 MHz
−73.8
fIN = 3950 MHz
TWO-TONE, THIRD-ORDER INTERMODULATION DISTORTION (IMD3)
fIN1 = 1.842 GHz, fIN2 = 1.847 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −8.0 dBFS
fIN1 = 1.842 GHz, fIN2 = 1.847 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −15.0 dBFS
fIN1 = 2.62 GHz, fIN2 = 2.69 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −8.0 dBFS
fIN1 = 2.62 GHz, fIN2 = 2.69 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −15.0 dBFS
−73
−69
−75
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
−87
−88
fIN1 = 2.62 GHz, fIN2 = 2.69 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −8.0 dBFS, Full-Scale Voltage (VFS) = 1.02 V
p-p
fIN1 = 2.62 GHz, fIN2 = 2.69 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −15.0 dBFS, VFS = 1.02 V p-p
ANALOG INPUT BANDWIDTH, FULL POWER3
−111
5
dBFS
GHz
5
1
See the AN-835 Application Note, Understanding High Speed ADC Testing and Evaluation, for definitions and for details on how these tests were completed.
Noise density is measured at a low analog input frequency (30 MHz).
2
3
Full power bandwidth is the bandwidth of operation in which proper ADC performance can be achieved.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 6 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
SPECIFICATIONS
DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD
= 1.9 V, specified maximum sampling rate, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, AIN = −2.0 dBFS, L = 4, M = 1, F = 1, and −20°C ≤ TJ ≤
+100°C, unless otherwise noted. The TJ range of −20°C to +100°C translates to a TA range of −40°C to+85°C. Typical specifications represent
performance at TJ = 40°C (TA = 25°C).
Table 3.
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
CLOCK INPUTS (CLK+, CLK−)
Logic Compliance
Low voltage differential signaling (LVDS)/low voltage positive emitter-
coupled logic (LVPECL)
Differential Input Voltage
Input Common-Mode Voltage
Input Resistance (Differential)
Input Capacitance
300
800
1800
mV p-p
0.675
106
V
Ω
0.9
pF
dB
Differential Input Return Loss at 3 GHz1
SYSTEM REFERENCE (SYSREF) INPUTS (SYSREF+, SYSREF−)
Logic Compliance
−9.4
LVDS/LVPECL
Differential Input Voltage
400
800
0.675
18
1800
2.0
mV p-p
V
Input Common-Mode Voltage
Input Resistance (Differential)
Input Capacitance (Differential)
kΩ
1
pF
LOGIC INPUTS (SDIO, SCLK, CSB, PDWN/STBY, FD/GPIO_A0, GPIO_B0,
GPIO_A1, GPIO_B1)
Logic Compliance
Logic 1 Voltage
CMOS
CMOS
0.65 × SPIVDD
0
V
Logic 0 Voltage
0.35 × SPIVDD
V
Input Resistance
30
kΩ
LOGIC OUTPUTS (SDIO, FD)
Logic Compliance
Logic 1 Voltage (Output High Current (IOH) = 4 mA)
Logic 0 Voltage (Output Low Current (IOL) = 4 mA)
SYNCIN INPUT (SYNCINB+/SYNCINB−)
Logic Compliance
SPIVDD − 0.45V
0
V
V
0.45
LVDS/LVPECL
800
Differential Input Voltage
Input Common-Mode Voltage
Input Resistance (Differential)
Input Capacitance
400
1800
2.0
mV p-p
V
0.675
18
kΩ
1
pF
SYNCINB+ INPUT
Logic Compliance
CMOS
2.6
Logic 1 Voltage
0.9 × DRVDD1
2 × DRVDD1
V
Logic 0 Voltage
0.1 × DRVDD1
V
Input Resistance
kΩ
DIGITAL OUTPUTS (SERDOUTx±, x = 0 TO 7)
Logic Compliance
Source series terminated (SST)
Differential Output Voltage
Differential Termination Impedance
360
80
560
100
770
120
mV p-p
Ω
1
Reference impedance = 100 Ω.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 7 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
SPECIFICATIONS
SWITCHING SPECIFICATIONS
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD
= 1.9 V, specified maximum sampling rate, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, AIN = −2.0 dBFS, default SPI settings, and −20°C ≤ TJ ≤
+100°C, unless otherwise noted. The TJ range of −20°C to +100°C translates to a TA range of −40°C to +85°C. Typical specifications represent
performance at TJ = 40°C (TA = 25°C).
Table 4.
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
CLOCK
Clock Rate (at CLK+ and CLK− Pins)
Sample Rate1
3
6
GHz
MSPS
ps
2500
3000
166.67
166.67
3100
192.31
192.31
Clock Pulse Width High
Clock Pulse Width Low
OUTPUT PARAMETERS
Unit Interval (UI)2
161.29
161.29
ps
62.5
66.67
26
592.6
ps
Rise Time (tR) (20% to 80% into 100 Ω Load)
Fall Time (tF) (20% to 80% into 100 Ω Load)
Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) Lock Time
Data Rate per Channel (Nonreturn to Zero)3
LATENCY4
ps
26
ps
5
ms
Gbps
1.6875
15
16
Pipeline Latency5
75
26
Clock cycles
Clock cycles
Fast Detect Latency
WAKE-UP TIME
Standby
400
15
µs
Power-Down
ms
NCO CHANNEL SELECTION TO OUTPUT
APERTURE
8
Clock cycles
Aperture Delay (tA)
250
55
1
ps
Aperture Uncertainty (Jitter, tJ)
Out of Range Recovery Time
fs rms
Clock cycles
1
The maximum sample rate is the clock rate after the divider.
2
Baud rate = 1/UI. A subset of this range can be supported.
3
Default L = 8. This number can be changed based on the sample rate and decimation ratio.
4
No DDCs used. L = 8, M = 2, and F = 1.
5
Refer to the End to End Total Latency section for more details.
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Table 5.
Parameter
Description
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
CLK+ to SYSREF+ TIMING REQUIREMENTS
tSU_SR
Device clock to SYSREF+ setup time
Device clock to SYSREF+ hold time
−65
95
ps
ps
tH_SR
SPI TIMING REQUIREMENTS
tDS
tDH
tCLK
tS
Setup time between the data and the rising edge of SCLK
Hold time between the data and the rising edge of SCLK
Period of the SCLK
2
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
2
40
2
Setup time between CSB and SCLK
tH
Hold time between CSB and SCLK
2
tHIGH
Minimum period that SCLK must be in a logic high state
10
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 8 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
SPECIFICATIONS
Table 5.
Parameter
Description
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
tLOW
Minimum period that SCLK must be in a logic low state
10
ns
ns
tACCESS
Maximum time delay between the falling edge of SCLK and output data valid for
a read operation
6
10
tDIS_SDIO
Time required for the SDIO pin to switch from an output to an input, relative to
the SCLK rising edge (not shown in Figure 4)
10
ns
Timing Diagrams
Figure 2. Data Output Timing Diagram
Figure 3. SYSREF± Setup and Hold Timing Diagram
Figure 4. SPI Timing Diagram
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 9 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Table 6.
THERMAL RESISTANCE
Parameter
Rating
Thermal performance is directly linked to printed circuit board
(PCB) design and operating environment. Close attention to PCB
thermal design is required. θJA is the natural convection junction-to-
ambient thermal resistance measured in a one cubic foot sealed
enclosure. θJC_TOP is the junction-to-case thermal resistance. ΨJB is
the junction-to-board thermal resistance. ΨJT measures the temper-
ature change between the junction and the top of the package (or
junction vs. top of package thermal resistance).
Electrical
AVDD1 to AGND
1.05 V
AVDD1_SR to AGND
AVDD2 to AGND
1.05 V
2.0 V
AVDD3 to AGND
2.70 V
DVDD to DGND
1.05 V
DRVDD1 to DRGND
DRVDD2 to DRGND
SPIVDD to DGND
AGND to DRGND
AGND to DGND
1.05 V
2.0 V
Table 7. Thermal Resistance
2.0 V
Package Type
θJA
θJC_TOP
ΨJB
ΨJT
Unit
−0.3 V to +0.3 V
−0.3 V to +0.3 V
−0.3 V to +0.3 V
AGND − 0.3 V to AVDD3 + 0.3 V
AGND − 0.3 V to AVDD1 + 0.3 V
DGND − 0.3 V to SPIVDD + 0.3 V
DGND − 0.3 V to SPIVDD + 0.3 V
2.5 V
BP-196-41
16.26
1.4
5.44
1.68
°C/W
1
DGND to DRGND
VIN±x to AGND
Test Condition 1: Thermal impedance simulated values are based on JEDEC
2S2P thermal test board with 190 thermal vias. See JEDEC JESD51.
CLK± to AGND
SCLK, SDIO, CSB to DGND
PDWN/STBY to DGND
SYSREF± to AGND
SYNCINB± to DRGND
ESD CAUTION
ESD (electrostatic discharge) sensitive device. Charged devi-
ces and circuit boards can discharge without detection. Although
this product features patented or proprietary protection circuitry,
damage may occur on devices subjected to high energy ESD.
Therefore, proper ESD precautions should be taken to avoid
performance degradation or loss of functionality.
2.5 V
TJ Range
Storage Temperature Range, TA
−20°C to +100°C
−40°C to +85°C
Stresses at or above those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings
may cause permanent damage to the product. This is a stress
rating only; functional operation of the product at these or any other
conditions above those indicated in the operational section of this
specification is not implied. Operation beyond the maximum operat-
ing conditions for extended periods may affect product reliability.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 10 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
PIN CONFIGURATION AND FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS
Figure 5. Pin Configuration (Top View)
Table 8. Pin Function Descriptions1
Pin No.
Mnemonic
Type
Description
Power Supplies
A3, A12, B3, B12, C3, C12
A4, A5, A10, A11, B4, B11
AVDD1
AVDD12
AVDD2
Power
Power
Power
Analog Power Supply (0.975 V Nominal).
Analog Power Supply for the Clock Domain (0.975 V Nominal).
Analog Power Supply (1.9 V Nominal).
A1, A2, A13, A14, B1, B2, B13, B14, C1,
C2, C13, C14
D1, D14, G1, G14
AVDD3
Power
Power
Power
Power
Power
Power
Ground
Analog Power Supply (2.5 V Nominal).
E7
AVDD1_SR
SPIVDD
DVDD
Analog Power Supply for SYSREF± (0.975 V Nominal).
Digital Power Supply for SPI (1.9 V Nominal).
Digital Power Supply (0.975 V Nominal).
L3, L10
M14, N1, N2, N14, P1, P2, P14
M5 to M8, M11
M13
DRVDD1
DRVDD2
Digital Driver Power Supply (0.975 V Nominal).
Digital Driver Power Supply (1.9 V Nominal).
Analog Ground. These pins connect to the analog ground plane.
B5, B10, C4, C5, C10, C11, D2 to D6, D9 to AGND
D13, E2 to E5, E9 to E13, F2 to F6, F9 to
F13, G2 to G13, H1 to H9, H11 to H14, J1
to J14
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 11 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
PIN CONFIGURATION AND FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS
Table 8. Pin Function Descriptions1
Pin No.
A6, A9, B6 to B9, C6 to C9, D7, D8
Mnemonic
Type
Description
AGND3
AGND4
AGND5
DGND
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground Reference for the Clock Domain.
Ground Reference for SYSREF±.
Isolation Ground.
E6, E8
K1 to K14
L1, L12 to L14, M1, M2
Digital Control Ground Supply. These pins connect to the digital
ground plane.
M3, M4, M9, M10, M12, N3, N12, P3, P12
DRGND
Ground
Digital Driver Ground Supply. These pins connect to the digital
driver ground plane.
Analog
E14, F14
VIN−, VIN+
CLK+, CLK−
VREF
Input
ADC Analog Input Complement/True.
Clock Input True/Complement.
A7, A8
H10
Input
Input/DNC
0.50 V Reference Voltage Input/Do Not Connect. This pin is
configurable through the SPI as a no connect or an input. Do not
connect this pin if using the internal reference. This pin requires
a 0.50 V reference voltage input if using an external voltage
reference source.
DNC
E1, F1
DNC
DNC
Do not connect.
CMOS Inputs/Outputs
L2
L4
GPIO_B1
GPIO_B0
FD/GPIO_A0
GPIO_A1
Input/output
Input/output
Input/output
Input/output
GPIO B1.
GPIO B0.
L9
Fast Detect Outputs/GPIO A0.
GPIO A1.
L11
Digital Inputs
F7, F8
SYSREF+, SYSREF−
Input
Active High JESD204B LVDS System Reference Input True/
Complement.
N13
P13
SYNCINB+
SYNCINB−
Input
Input
Active Low JESD204B LVDS/CMOS Sync Input True.
Active Low JESD204B LVDS Sync Input Complement.
Data Outputs
N4, P4
SERDOUT7+, SERDOUT7−
SERDOUT6+, SERDOUT6−
SERDOUT5+, SERDOUT5−
SERDOUT4+, SERDOUT4−
SERDOUT3+, SERDOUT3−
SERDOUT2+, SERDOUT2−
SERDOUT1+, SERDOUT1−
SERDOUT0+, SERDOUT0−
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Lane 7 Output Data True/Complement.
Lane 6 Output Data True/Complement.
Lane 5 Output Data True/Complement.
Lane 4 Output Data True/Complement.
Lane 3 Output Data True/Complement.
Lane 2 Output Data True/Complement.
Lane 1 Output Data True/Complement.
Lane 0 Output Data True/Complement.
N5, P5
N6, P6
N7, P7
N8, P8
N9, P9
N10, P10
N11, P11
Digital Controls
L8
PDWN/STBY
Input
Power-Down Input (Active High). The operation of this pin depends
on the SPI mode and can be configured as power-down or
standby.
L5
L6
L7
CSB
Input
SPI Chip Select (Active Low).
SPI Serial Clock.
SCLK
SDIO
Input
Input/output
SPI Serial Data Input/Output.
1
See the Theory of Operation section and the Power Supply Recommendations section for more information on isolating the planes for optimal performance.
2
3
4
5
Denotes clock domain.
Denotes clock domain.
Denotes SYSREF± domain.
Denotes isolation domain.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 12 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD =
1.9 V, sampling rate = 3000 MHz, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, default buffer current settings, TA = 25°C, and 128,000 fast Fourier
transform (FFT) sample, unless otherwise noted. See Table 10 for the recommended settings.
Figure 6. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 255 MHz (NSD is Noise Spectral Density)
Figure 9. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 1807 MHz
Figure 10. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 1807 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS
Figure 11. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 2100 MHz
Figure 7. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 765 MHz
Figure 8. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 905 MHz
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 13 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Figure 12. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 2100 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS
Figure 15. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 3957 MHz
Figure 13. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 2600 MHz
Figure 16. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 3957 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS
Figure 14. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 2600 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS
Figure 17. SNR vs. Input Frequency (fIN), AIN = −2 dBFS and −9 dBFS
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 14 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Figure 21. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 1821.5 MHz, fIN2 = 1831.5 MHz,
Figure 18. SFDR vs. Input Frequency (fIN), AIN = −2 dBFS and −9 dBFS
AIN1 and AIN2 = −8 dBFS (IMD2 is Second-Order Intermodulation Distortion
and IMD3 is Third-Order Intermodulation Distortion)
Figure 22. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 1821.5 MHz, fIN2 = 1831.5 MHz,
AIN1 and AIN2 = −15 dBFS
Figure 19. Second-Order Harmonic Distortion (HD2) vs. Input Frequency (fIN),
AIN = −2 dBFS and −9 dBFS
Figure 23. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz,
AIN1 and AIN2 = −8 dBFS
Figure 20. Third-Order Harmonic Distortion (HD3)vs. Input Frequency (fIN),
AIN = −2 dBFS and −9 dBFS
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 15 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Figure 24. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz,
AIN1 and AIN2 = −15 dBFS
Figure 27. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 1800 MHz, fIN2 = 2100 MHz,
fCLK = 2.94912 GHz, Decimation Ratio = 8, NCO Frequency = 1874.28 MHz
Figure 25. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz,
Full-Scale Voltage = 1.1 V p-p, AIN1 and AIN2 = −8 dBFS
Figure 28. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 1800 MHz, fIN2 = 2100 MHz,
fCLK = 2.94912 GHz, Decimation Ratio = 8, NCO Frequency = 2176.92 MHz
Figure 26. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz,
Full-Scale Voltage = 1.1 V p-p, AIN1 and AIN2 = −15 dBFS
Figure 29. Two-Tone SFDR/IMD3 vs. Input Amplitude (AIN) with
fIN1 = 1821.5 MHz, fIN2 = 1831.5 MHz
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 16 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Figure 30. Two-Tone SFDR/IMD3 vs. Input Amplitude (AIN) with
fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz
Figure 33. SNR/SFDR vs. TJ, fIN = 950 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS
Figure 31. SNR/SFDR vs. Input Amplitude (AIN), fIN = 950 MHz
Figure 34. Power vs. TJ, fIN = 950 MHz
Figure 32. SNR/SFDR vs. Input Amplitude (AIN), fIN = 1800 MHz
Figure 35. SNR vs. Analog Input Frequency (fIN) vs. Various Clock Amplitude
in Differential Voltages, AIN = −2dBFS
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 17 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Figure 36. SNR vs. Sample Frequency (fS), fIN = 1.8 GHz, AIN = −2 dBFS and
−9 dBFS
Figure 39. Input Bandwidth (See Figure 55 for the Input Configuration)
Figure 40. Input Referred Noise Histogram
Figure 37. SFDR vs. Sample Frequency (fS), fIN = 1.8 GHz, AIN = −2 dBFS and
−9 dBFS
Figure 38. Power Dissipation vs. Sample Frequency (fS), fIN = 1.8 GHz,
AIN = −2 dBFS
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 18 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS
Figure 43. SYSREF± Inputs
Figure 41. Analog Inputs
Figure 44. Digital Outputs
Figure 42. Clock Inputs
Figure 45. SYNCINB± Inputs
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 19 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS
Figure 49. PDWN/STBY Input
Figure 46. SCLK Input
Figure 50. VREF Input/Output
Figure 47. CSB Input
Figure 51. FD/GPIO_A0, GPIO_B0
Figure 52. GPIO_A1/GPIO_B1
Figure 48. SDIO Input
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 20 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
THEORY OF OPERATION
The AD9699 has a single analog input channel and up to eight
JESD204B output lane pairs. The ADC samples wide bandwidth
analog signals of up to 5 GHz. The actual −3 dB roll-off of the
analog inputs is 9 GHz. The AD9699 is optimized for wide input
bandwidth, high sampling rate, excellent linearity, and low power in
a small package.
a low-pass filter that limits unwanted broadband noise. For more
information, refer to the Analog Dialogue article “Transformer-Cou-
pled Front-End for Wideband A/D Converters” (Volume 39, April
2005). In general, the precise front-end network component values
depend on the application.
Figure 53 shows the differential input return loss curve for the
analog inputs across a frequency range of 100 MHz to 10 GHz. The
reference impedance is 100 Ω.
The ADC core features a multistage, differential pipelined architec-
ture with integrated output error correction logic. The ADC features
wide bandwidth inputs supporting a variety of user-selectable input
ranges. An integrated voltage reference eases design considera-
tions.
The AD9699 has several functions that simplify the AGC function in
a communications receiver. The programmable threshold detector
allows monitoring of the incoming signal power using the fast
detect output bits of the ADC. If the input signal level exceeds
the programmable threshold, the fast detect indicator goes high.
Because this threshold indicator has low latency, the user can
quickly turn down the system gain to avoid an overrange condition
at the ADC input.
The Subclass 1 JESD204B-based high speed serialized output
data lanes can be configured in one-lane (L = 1), two-lane (L = 2),
four-lane (L = 4), and eight-lane (L = 8) configurations, depending
on the sample rate and the decimation ratio. Multiple device syn-
chronization is supported through the SYSREF± and SYNCINB±
input pins. The SYSREF± pin in the AD9699 can also be used as
a timestamp of data as it passes through the ADC and out of the
JESD204B interface.
ADC ARCHITECTURE
The architecture of the AD9699 consists of an input buffered pipe-
lined ADC. The input buffer provides a termination impedance to
the analog input signal. This termination impedance is set to 200
Ω. The equivalent circuit diagram of the analog input termination is
shown in Figure 41. The input buffer is optimized for high linearity,
low noise, and low power across a wide bandwidth.
Figure 53. Differential Input Return Loss
The input buffer provides a linear high input impedance (for ease of
drive) and reduces kickback from the ADC. The quantized outputs
from each stage are combined into a final 14-bit result in the digital
correction logic. The pipelined architecture permits the first stage to
operate with a new input sample. At the same time, the remaining
stages operate with the preceding samples. Sampling occurs on the
rising edge of the clock.
For best dynamic performance, the source impedances driving
VIN+ and VIN− must be matched such that common-mode settling
errors are symmetrical. These errors are reduced by the common-
mode rejection of the ADC. An internal reference buffer creates a
differential reference that defines the span of the ADC core.
Maximum SNR performance is achieved by setting the ADC to
the largest span in a differential configuration. For the AD9699,
the available span is programmable through the SPI port from
1.02 V p-p to 1.85 V p-p differential, with 1.54 V p-p differential
being the default.
ANALOG INPUT CONSIDERATIONS
The analog input to the AD9699 is a differential buffer. The internal
common-mode voltage of the buffer is 1.35 V. The clock signal
alternately switches the input circuit between sample mode and
hold mode.
Either a differential capacitor or two single-ended capacitors (or
a combination of both) can be placed on the inputs to provide
a matching passive network. These capacitors ultimately create
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 21 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
THEORY OF OPERATION
Differential Input Configurations
There are several ways to drive the AD9699, either actively or
passively. Optimum performance is achieved by driving the analog
input differentially.
For applications where SNR and SFDR are key parameters, differ-
ential transformer coupling is the recommended input configuration
(see Figure 54 and Table 9) because the noise performance of
most amplifiers is not adequate to achieve the true performance of
the AD9699.
Figure 54. Differential Transformer Coupled Configuration for the AD9699
For low to midrange frequencies, a double balun or double trans-
former network (see Figure 54 and Table 9) is recommended for
optimum performance of the AD9699. For higher frequencies in the
second or third Nyquist zones, it is recommended to remove some
of the front-end passive components to ensure wideband operation
(see Figure 55 and Table 9).
Figure 55. Input Network Configuration for Frequencies > 5 GHz
Table 9. Differential Transformer-Coupled Input Configuration Component Values
Frequency Range
Transformer
R1
R2
R3
C1
C2
C3
C4
<5000 MHz
BAL-0006
25 Ω
25 Ω
10 Ω
0.1 μF
0.1 μF
0.4 pF
0.4 pF
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 22 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
THEORY OF OPERATION
Input Common Mode
The analog input of the AD9699 is internally biased to the common-
mode voltage, as shown in Figure 57. The common-mode buffer
has a limited range in that the performance suffers greatly if the
common-mode voltage drops by more than 50 mV on either side of
the nominal value.
For dc-coupled applications, the recommended operation proce-
dure is to export the common-mode voltage to the VREF pin using
the SPI writes listed in this section. The common-mode voltage
must be set by the exported value to ensure proper ADC operation.
Disconnect the internal common-mode buffer from the analog input
using Register 0x1908.
When performing SPI writes for dc coupling operation, use the
following register settings in order:
Figure 57. Analog Input Controls
1. Set Register 0x1908, Bit 2 to disconnect the internal common-
mode buffer from the analog input. Note that this is a local
register.
2. Set Register 0x18A6 to 0x00 to turn off the voltage reference.
3. Set Register 0x18E6 to 0x00 to turn off the temperature diode
Using Register 0x1A4C and Register 0x1A4D, the buffer behavior
of the converter can be adjusted to optimize the SFDR over various
input frequencies and bandwidths of interest. Use Register 0x1910
to change the internal reference voltage. Changing the internal
reference voltage results in a change in the input full-scale voltage.
export.
When the input buffer current in Register 0x1A4C and Regis-
ter 0x1A4D is set, the amount of current required by the AVDD3
supply changes. This relationship is shown in Figure 58. For a
complete list of buffer current settings, see Table 44.
4. Set Register 0x18E0 to 0x02.
5. Set Register 0x18E1 to 0x9A.
6. Set Register 0x18E2 to 0x1E.
7. Set Register 0x18E3, Bit 6 to 1 to turn on the VCM export.
8. Set Register 0x18E3, Bits[5:0] to the buffer current setting (Reg-
ister 0x1A4C and Register 0x1A4D) to improve the accuracy of
the common-mode export.
Figure 56 shows the block diagram representation of a dc-coupled
application.
Figure 56. DC-Coupled Application Using the AD9699
Analog Input Buffer Controls and SFDR
Optimization
Figure 58. AVDD3 Current (IAVDD3) vs. Buffer Current Setting (Buffer Control 1
Setting in Register 0x1A4C and Buffer Control 2 Setting in Register 0x1A4D)
The AD9699 input buffer offers flexible controls for the analog
inputs, such as buffer current, dc coupling, and input full-scale
adjustment. All the available controls are shown in Figure 57.
Table 10 shows the recommended values for the buffer current for
various Nyquist zones.
Table 10. SFDR Optimization for Input Frequencies
Frequency
Register 0x1A4C and Register 0x1A4D
DC to 1500 MHz
1500 MHz to 3000 MHz
>3000 MHz
400 µA/500 µA
500 µA
500 µA/700 µA
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 23 of 121
Data Sheet
THEORY OF OPERATION
Dither
AD9699
The SPI Register 0x18A6 enables the user to either use this inter-
nal 0.5 V reference or to provide an external 0.5 V reference. When
using an external voltage reference, provide a 0.5 V reference.
The full-scale adjustment is made using the SPI, irrespective of the
reference voltage. For more information on adjusting the full-scale
level of the AD9699, refer to the Memory Map Register Details
section.
The AD9699 has internal on-chip dither circuitry that improves the
ADC linearity and SFDR, particularly at smaller signal levels. A
known but random amount of white noise is injected into the input
of the AD9699. This dither improves the small signal linearity within
the ADC transfer function and is precisely subtracted out digitally.
The dither is turned on by default and does not reduce the ADC
input dynamic range. The data sheet specifications and limits are
obtained with the dither turned on.
The SPI writes required to use the external voltage reference are as
follows:
1. Set Register 0x18E3 to 0x00 to turn off the VCM export.
The dither is on by default. It is not recommended to turn it off.
2. Set Register 0x18E6 to 0x00 to turn off the temperature diode
export.
Absolute Maximum Input Swing
3. Set Register 0x18A6 to 0x01 to turn on the external voltage
The absolute maximum input swing allowed at the inputs of the
AD9699 is 5.8 V p-p differential. Signals operating near or at this
level can cause permanent damage to the ADC. See Table 6 for
more information.
reference.
The use of an external reference may be necessary, in some
applications, to enhance the gain accuracy of the ADC or to
improve thermal drift characteristics. Figure 61 shows the typical
drift characteristics of the internal 0.5 V reference.
Figure 59. Internal Reference Configuration and Controls
Figure 61. Typical VREF Drift
The external reference must be a stable 0.5 V reference. The
ADR130 is a sufficient option for providing the 0.5 V reference.
Figure 60 shows how the ADR130 can be used to provide the
external 0.5 V reference to the AD9699. The dashed lines show
unused blocks within the AD9699 while using the ADR130 to
provide the external reference.
DC OFFSET CALIBRATION
Figure 60. External Reference Using the ADR130
The AD9699 contains a digital filter to remove the dc offset from
the output of the ADC. For ac-coupled applications, this filter can
be enabled by setting Register 0x0701, Bit 7 to 0x1 and setting
Register 0x73B, Bit 7 to 0x0. The filter computes the average dc
signal and it is digitally subtracted from the ADC output. As a result,
the dc offset is improved to better than 70 dBFS at the output.
Because the filter does not distinguish between the source of dc
signals, this feature can be used when the signal content at dc is
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
A stable and accurate 0.5 V voltage reference is built into the
AD9699. This internal 0.5 V reference sets the full-scale input range
of the ADC. The full-scale input range can be adjusted via the
ADC input full-scale control register (Register 0x1910). For more
information on adjusting the input swing, see Table 44. Figure 59
shows the block diagram of the internal 0.5 V reference controls.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 24 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
THEORY OF OPERATION
not of interest. The filter corrects dc up to ±512 codes and saturates
beyond that.
Another option is to ac couple a differential CML or LVPECL signal
to the sample clock input pins, as shown in Figure 64 and Figure
65.
CLOCK INPUT CONSIDERATIONS
For optimum performance, drive the AD9699 sample clock inputs
(CLK+ and CLK−) with a differential signal. This signal is ac-cou-
pled to the CLK+ and CLK− pins via a transformer or clock drivers.
These pins are biased internally and require no additional biasing.
Figure 62 shows the differential input return loss curve for the
clock inputs across a frequency range of 100 MHz to 6 GHz. The
reference impedance is 100 Ω.
Figure 64. Differential LVPECL Sample Clock
Figure 65. Differential CML Sample Clock
Clock Duty Cycle Considerations
Typical high speed ADCs use both clock edges to generate a varie-
ty of internal timing signals. The AD9699 contains an internal clock
divider and a duty cycle stabilizer comprised of DCS1 and DCS2,
which is enabled by default. In applications where the clock duty
cycle cannot be guaranteed to be 50%, a higher multiple frequency
clock along with the usage of the clock divider is recommended.
When it is not possible to provide a higher frequency clock, it
is recommended to turn on the DCS using Register 0x011C and
Register 0x011E. Figure 66 shows the different controls to the
AD9699 clock inputs. The output of the divider offers a 50% duty
cycle, high slew rate (fast edge) clock signal to the internal ADC.
See the Memory Map Register Details section for more details on
using this feature.
Figure 62. Differential Input Return Loss for the CLK± Inputs
Figure 63 shows a preferred method for clocking the AD9699. The
low jitter clock source is converted from a single-ended signal to a
differential signal using an RF transformer.
Input Clock Divider
The AD9699 contains an input clock divider with the ability to
divide the input clock by 1, 2, or 4. Select the divider ratios using
Register 0x0108 (see Figure 66).
The maximum frequency at the CLK± inputs is 6 GHz, which is the
limit of the divider. In applications where the clock input is a multiple
of the sample clock, take care to program the appropriate divider
Figure 63. Transformer-Coupled Differential Clock
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 25 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
THEORY OF OPERATION
ratio into the clock divider before applying the clock signal. This
action ensures that the current transients during device startup are
controlled.
Figure 67. Clock Divider Phase and Delay Controls
The clock delay adjustment takes effect immediately when it is
enabled via SPI writes. Enabling the clock fine delay adjust in
Register 0x0110 causes a datapath reset. However, the contents
of Register 0x0111 and Register 0x0112 can be changed without
affecting the stability of the JESD204B link.
Clock Coupling Considerations
The AD9699 has many different domains within the analog supply
that control various aspects of the data conversion. The clock
domain is supplied by Pin A4, Pin A5, Pin A10, Pin A11, Pin B4,
and Pin B11 on the analog supply, AVDD1 (0.975 V) and Pin A6,
Pin A9, Pin B6, Pin B7, Pin B8, Pin B9, Pin C6, Pin C7, Pin C8, Pin
C9, Pin D7, and Pin D8 on the ground (AGND) side. To minimize
coupling between the clock supply domain and the other analog
domains, it is recommended to add a supply Q factor reduction
circuitry (de-Q) for Pin A4 and Pin A11, as well as Pin B4 and Pin
B11, as shown in Figure 68.
Figure 66. Clock Divider Circuit
The AD9699 clock divider can be synchronized using the external
SYSREF± input. A valid SYSREF± signal causes the clock divider
to reset to a programmable state. This synchronization feature
allows multiple devices to have their clock dividers aligned to
guarantee simultaneous input sampling. See Table 44 for more
information.
Input Clock Divider ½ Period Delay Adjust
The input clock divider in the AD9699 provides phase delay in
increments of ½ the input clock cycle. Register 0x0109 can be
programmed to enable this delay. Changing this register does not
affect the stability of the JESD204B link.
Clock Fine Delay and Superfine Delay Adjust
Adjust the AD9699 sampling edge instant by writing to Regis-
ter 0x0110, Register 0x0111, and Register 0x0112. Bits[2:0] of
Register 0x0110 enable the selection of the fine delay, or the
fine delay with superfine delay. The fine delay allows the user to
delay the clock edges with 16 step or 192 step delay options. The
superfine delay is an unsigned control to adjust the clock delay in
superfine steps of 0.25 ps each.
Register 0x0112, Bits[7:0] offer the user the option to delay the
clock in 192 delay steps. Register 0x0111, Bits[7:0] offer the user
the option to delay the clock in 128 superfine steps. To use the su-
perfine delay option, set the clock delay control in Register 0x0110,
Bits[2:0] to 0x2 or 0x6. Figure 67 shows the controls available to the
clock dividers within the AD9699. It is recommended to apply the
same delay settings to the digital delay circuits as are applied to the
analog delay circuits to maintain sample accuracy through the pipe.
Figure 68. De-Q Network Recommendation for the Clock Domain Supply
Clock Jitter Considerations
High speed, high resolution ADCs are sensitive to the quality of
the clock input. Calculate the degradation in SNR at a given input
frequency (fA) due only to aperture jitter (tJ) by
SNRJITTER = −20 × log10 (2 × π × fA × tJ)
In this equation, the rms aperture jitter represents the root mean
square of all jitter sources, including the clock input, analog input
signal, and ADC aperture jitter specifications.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 26 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
THEORY OF OPERATION
IF undersampling applications are particularly sensitive to jitter (see
Figure 69).
Figure 70. Estimated SNR Degradation for the AD9699 vs. Input Frequency
and RMS Jitter
Figure 69. Ideal SNR vs. Input Frequency and Jitter
POWER-DOWN/STANDBY MODE
The AD9699 has a PDWN/STBY pin that can be used to configure
the device in power-down or standby mode. The default operation
is PDWN. The PDWN/STBY pin is a logic high pin. When in pow-
er-down mode, the JESD204B link is disrupted. The power-down
option can also be set via Register 0x003F and Register 0x0040.
Treat the clock input as an analog signal when aperture jitter
may affect the dynamic range of the AD9699. Separate power
supplies for clock drivers from the ADC output driver supplies to
avoid modulating the clock signal with digital noise. If the clock is
generated from another type of source (by gating, dividing, or other
methods), retime the clock by the original clock at the last step.
Refer to the AN-501 Application Note and the AN-756 Application
Note for more in depth information about jitter performance as it
relates to ADCs.
In standby mode, the JESD204B link is not disrupted and transmits
zeros for all converter samples. Change this transmission using
Register 0x0571, Bit 7 to select /K/ characters.
TEMPERATURE DIODE
Figure 70 shows the estimated SNR of the AD9699 across the input
frequency for different clock induced jitter values. Estimate the SNR
by using the following equation:
The AD9699 contains diode-based temperature sensors. The di-
odes output voltages commensurate to the temperature of the
silicon. There are multiple diodes on the die, but the results estab-
lished using the temperature diode at the central location of the
die can be regarded as representative of the entire die. Figure 71
shows the locations of the diodes in the AD9699 with voltages that
can be output to the VREF pin. In each location, there is a pair of
diodes, one of which is 20× the size of the other. It is recommended
to use both diodes in a location to obtain an accurate estimate
of the die temperature. For more information, see the AN-1432
Application Note, Practical Thermal Modeling and Measurements in
High Power ICs.
−SNR
ADC
10
SNR dBFS = − 10log10 10
+ 10
−SNR
JITTER
10
Figure 71. Temperature Diode Locations in the Die
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 27 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
THEORY OF OPERATION
The temperature diode voltages can be exported to the VREF pin
using the SPI. Use Register 0x18E6 to enable or disable diodes.
It is important to note that other voltages may be exported to
the VREF pin at the same time, which can result in undefined
behavior. To ensure a proper readout, switch off all other voltage
exporting circuits as described in this section. Figure 72 shows the
block diagram of the controls that are required to enable the diode
voltage readout.
a more accurate result, see the AN-1432 Application Note,
Practical Thermal Modeling and Measurements in High Power
ICs.
Figure 73. Typical Voltage Response of the 1× Temperature Diode
The relationship between the measured delta voltage (ΔV) and the
junction temperature in °C is shown in Figure 74.
Figure 72. Register Controls to Output Temperature Diode Voltage on the
VREF Pin
The SPI writes required to export the central temperature diode are
as follows (see Table 44 for more information):
1. Set Register 0x0008 to 0x01.
2. Set Register 0x18E3 to 0x00 to turn off VCM export.
3. Set Register 0x18A6 to 0x00 to turn off voltage reference
export.
4. Set Register 0x18E6 to 0x01 to turn on voltage export of the
central 1× temperature diode. The typical voltage response of
the temperature diode is shown in Figure 73. Although this volt-
age represents the die temperature, it is recommended to take
measurements from a pair of diodes for improved accuracy. The
following step explains how to enable the 20× diode.
5. Set Register 0x18E6 to 0x02 to turn on the second central
temperature diode of the pair, which is 20× the size of the first.
For the method using two diodes simultaneously to achieve
Figure 74. Junction Temperature vs. ΔV (mV)
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 28 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
ADC OVERRANGE AND FAST DETECT
In receiver applications, it is desirable to have a mechanism to
reliably determine when the converter is about to be clipped. The
standard overrange bit in the JESD204B outputs provides informa-
tion on the state of the analog input that is of limited usefulness.
Therefore, it is helpful to have a programmable threshold below full
scale that allows time to reduce the gain before the clip actually
occurs. In addition, because input signals can have significant slew
rates, the latency of this function is of major concern. Highly pipe-
lined converters can have significant latency. The AD9699 contains
fast detect circuitry to monitor the threshold and assert the FD pin.
The operation of the upper threshold and lower threshold registers,
along with the dwell time registers, is shown in Figure 75.
The FD indicator is asserted if the input magnitude exceeds the
value programmed in the fast detect upper threshold registers,
located at Register 0x0247 and Register 0x0248. The selected
threshold register is compared with the signal magnitude at the
output of the ADC. The fast upper threshold detection has a latency
of 28 clock cycles (maximum). The approximate upper threshold
magnitude is defined by
Upper Threshold Magnitude (dBFS) = 20log(Threshold Magni-
ADC OVERRANGE
tude/213
)
The ADC overrange indicator is asserted when an overrange is
detected on the input of the ADC. The overrange indicator can be
embedded within the JESD204B link as a control bit (when CSB
> 0). The latency of this overrange indicator matches the sample
latency.
The FD indicators are not cleared until the signal drops below the
lower threshold for the programmed dwell time. The lower threshold
is programmed in the fast detect lower threshold registers, located
at Register 0x0249 and Register 0x024A. The fast detect lower
threshold register is a 13-bit register that is compared with the
signal magnitude at the output of the ADC. This comparison is
subject to the ADC pipeline latency, but is accurate in terms of
converter resolution. The lower threshold magnitude is defined by
The AD9699 also records any overrange condition in any of the
eight virtual converters. For more information on the virtual con-
verters, refer to Figure 81. The overrange status of each virtual
converter is registered as a sticky bit in Register 0x0563. The
contents of Register 0x0563 can be cleared using Register 0x0562,
by toggling the bits corresponding to the virtual converter to set and
reset position.
Lower Threshold Magnitude (dBFS) = 20log(Threshold Magni-
tude/213
)
For example, to set an upper threshold of −6 dBFS, write 0xFFF to
Register 0x0247 and Register 0x0248. To set a lower threshold of
−10 dBFS, write 0xA1D to Register 0x0249 and Register 0x024A.
FAST THRESHOLD DETECTION (FD)
The FD pin is immediately set whenever the absolute value of
the input signal exceeds the programmable upper threshold level.
The FD bit is only cleared when the absolute value of the input
signal drops below the lower threshold level for greater than the
programmable dwell time. This feature provides hysteresis and
prevents the FD bit from excessively toggling.
The dwell time can be programmed from 1 to 65,535 sample clock
cycles by placing the desired value in the fast detect dwell time
registers, located at Register 0x024B and Register 0x024C. See
Register 0x0040 and Register 0x0245 to Register 0x024C in the
Memory Map Register Details for more details.
Figure 75. Threshold Settings for FD Signal
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 29 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
ADC APPLICATION MODES AND JESD204B TX CONVERTER MAPPING
The AD9699 contains a configurable signal path that allows differ-
ent features to be enabled for different applications. These features
are controlled using the chip application mode register, Register
0x0200. The chip operating mode is controlled by Bits[3:0] in this
register, and the chip Q ignore is controlled by Bit 5.
the number of virtual converters are the same whether a single
real converter is used along with a digital downconverter block
producing I/Q outputs, or whether an analog downconversion is
used with two real converters producing I/Q outputs.
Figure 77 shows a block diagram of the two scenarios described for
I/Q transport layer mapping.
The AD9699 contains the following modes:
► Full bandwidth mode: 14-bit ADC core running at the full sample
rate.
► DDC mode: up to four digital downconverter (DDC) channels.
After the chip application mode is selected, the output decimation
ratio is set using the chip decimation ratio in Register 0x0201,
Bits[3:0]. The output sample rate = ADC sample rate/the chip
decimation ratio.
To support the different application layer modes, the AD9699 treats
each sample stream (real, I, or Q) as originating from separate
virtual converters.
Table 11 shows the number of virtual converters required and the
transport layer mapping when channel swapping is disabled. Figure
76 shows the virtual converters and their relationship to the DDC
outputs when complex outputs are used.
Figure 76. DDCs and Virtual Converter Mapping
Each DDC channel outputs either two sample streams (I/Q) for the
complex data components (real + imaginary) or one sample stream
for real (I) data. The AD9699 can be configured to use up to eight
virtual converters, depending on the DDC configuration.
The I/Q samples are always mapped in pairs with the I samples
mapped to the first virtual converter and the Q samples mapped
to the second virtual converter. With this transport layer mapping,
Figure 77. I/Q Transport Layer Mapping
Table 11. Virtual Converter Mapping
Number of
Virtual
Chip Operating
Mode
Virtual Converter Mapping
Converters
Supported
(Reg. 0x0200,
Bits[3:0])
Chip Q Ignore
(0x0200, Bit 5)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
1
2
2
4
4
8
Full bandwidth
mode (0x0)
Real or complex
(0x0)
ADC
samples
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
One DDC mode
(0x1)
Real (I only) (0x1)
DDC0 I
samples
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
One DDC mode
(0x1)
Complex (I/Q) (0x0) DDC0 I
samples
DDC0 Q
samples
Two DDC mode
(0x2)
Real (I only) (0x1)
DDC0 I
samples
DDC1 I
samples
Two DDC mode
(0x2)
Complex (I/Q) (0x0) DDC0 I
samples
DDC0 Q
samples
DDC1 I
samples
DDC1 Q
samples
Four DDC mode
(0x3)
Real (I only) (0x1)
DDC0 I
samples
DDC1 I
samples
DDC2 I
samples
DDC3 I
samples
Four DDC mode
(0x3)
Complex (I/Q) (0x0) DDC0 I
samples
DDC0 Q
samples
DDC1 I
samples
DDC1 Q
samples
DDC2 I
samples
DDC2 Q
samples
DDC3 I
samples
DDC3 Q
samples
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 30 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
PROGRAMMABLE FIR FILTERS
► Real 96-tap filter (see Figure 79)
► DOUT[n] = DIN[n] × XY[n]
► Real set of two cascaded 24-tap filters (see Figure 80)
► DOUT[n] = DIN[n] × X[n] × Y[n]
SUPPORTED MODES
The AD9699 supports the following modes of operation (the aster-
isk symbol (*) denotes convolution):
► Real 48-tap filter (see Figure 78)
► DOUT[n] = DIN_I[n] × XY[n]
Figure 78. Real 48-Tap Filter Configuration
Figure 79. Real 96-Tap Filter Configuration
Figure 80. Real, Two Cascaded, 24-Tap Filter Configuration
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 31 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
PROGRAMMABLE FIR FILTERS
Table 12. Register 0x0DF8 Definition
PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS
Bits
Description
Use the following procedure to set up the programmable FIR filter:
[7:3]
[2:0]
Reserved
1. Enable the sample clock to the device.
Filter mode (I mode)
2. Set the I path mode (I mode) and gain in Register 0x0DF8 and
Register 0x0DF9 (see Table 12 and Table 13). Only I Mode is
available. Q Mode is not available on single-channel devices.
000: filters bypassed
001: real 24-tap filter (X only)
010: real 48-tap filter (X and Y together)
3. Wait at least 5 µs to allow the programmable filter to power up.
4. Program the I path coefficients to the internal shadow registers
100: real set of two cascaded 24-tap filters (X then Y cascaded)
111: real 96-tap filter (X and Y together)
as follows:
Table 13. Register 0x0DF9 Definition
a. Program the XI coefficients in Register 0x0E00 to Register
Bits
Description
0x0E2F (see Table 14 and Table 15).
b. Program the YI coefficients in Register 0x0F00 to Register
0x0F2F (see Table 14 and Table 15).
c. Program the tapped delay in Register 0x0F30 (note that this
7
Reserved
[6:4]
Y filter gain
110: −12 dB loss
111: −6 dB loss
000: 0 dB gain
001: 6 dB gain
010: 12 dB gain
Reserved
step is optional).
5. Set the chip transfer bit using either of the following methods
(note that setting the chip transfer bit applies the programmed
shadow coefficients to the filter):
3
[2:0]
X filter gain
a. Via the register map using the write the chip transfer bit
(Register 0x000F = 0x01).
b. Via a GPIO pin, as follows:
110: −12 dB loss
111: −6 dB loss
000: 0 dB gain
001: 6 dB gain
010: 12 dB gain
1. Configure one of the GPIO pins as the chip transfer bit
in Register 0x0040 to Register 0x0042.
2. Toggle the GPIO pin to initiate the chip transfer (the
rising edge is triggered).
6. When the I path mode register changes in Register 0x0DF8, all
Table 14 shows the coefficient tables in Register 0x0E00 to Regis-
ter 0x0F30. Note that all coefficients are Q1.15 format (sign bit + 15
fractional bits).
coefficients must be reprogrammed.
Table 14. I Coefficient Table (Device Selection = 0x1)1
Single 24-Tap Filter (I Mode
[2:0] = 0x1)
Single 48-Tap Filter (I Mode
[2:0] = 0x2)
Two Cascaded 24-Tap Filters (I Single 96-Tap Filter (I Mode
Addr.
Mode [2:0] = 0x4)
[2:0] = 0x7)
0x0E00
0x0E01
0x0E02
0x0E03
…
XI C0 [7:0]
XI C0 [15:8]
XI C1 [7:0]
XI C1 [15:8]
…
XI C0 [7:0]
XI C0 [15:8]
XI C1 [7:0]
XI C1 [15:8]
…
XI C0 [7:0]
XI C0 [15:8]
XI C1 [7:0]
XI C1 [15:8]
…
XI C0 [7:0]
XI C0 [15:8]
XI C1 [7:0]
XI C1 [15:8]
…
0x0E2E
0x0E2F
0x0F00
0x0F01
0x0F02
0x0F03
…
XI C23 [7:0]
XI C23 [15:0]
Unused
XI C23 [7:0]
XI C23 [15:0]
YI C24 [7:0]
YI C24 [15:8]
YI C25 [7:0]
YI C25 [15:8]
…
XI C23 [7:0]
XI C23 [15:0]
YI C0 [7:0]
YI C0 [15:8]
YI C1 [7:0]
YI C1 [15:8]
…
XI C23 [7:0]
XI C23 [15:0]
YI C24 [7:0]
YI C24 [15:8]
YI C25 [7:0]
YI C25 [15:8]
…
Unused
Unused
Unused
…
0x0F2E
0x0F2F
0x0F30
Unused
YI C47 [7:0]
YI C47 [15:0]
Unused
YI C23 [7:0]
YI C23 [15:0]
Unused
YI C47 [7:0]
YI C47 [15:0]
Unused
Unused
Unused
1
XI Cn means I Path X Coefficient n. YI Cn means I Path Y Coefficient n.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 32 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
The AD9699 includes four digital downconverters (DDC0 to DDC3)
that provide filtering and reduce the output data rate. This digital
processing section includes an NCO, multiple decimating FIR fil-
ters, a gain stage, and a complex to real conversion stage. Each
of these processing blocks has control lines that allow it to be inde-
pendently enabled and disabled to provide the desired processing
function. The digital downconverter can be configured to output
either real data or complex output data.
► Frequency translation stage (optional)
► Filtering stage
► Gain stage (optional)
► Complex to real conversion stage (optional)
DDC Frequency Translation Stage (Optional)
This stage consists of a phase coherent NCO and quadrature
mixers that can be used for frequency translation of both real or
complex input signals. The phase coherent NCO allows an infinite
number of frequency hops that are all referenced back to a single
synchronization event. It also includes 16 shadow registers for fast
switching applications. This stage shifts a portion of the available
digital spectrum down to baseband.
The DDCs output a 16-bit stream. To enable this operation, the
converter number of bits, N, is set to a default value of 16, even
though the analog core only outputs 14 bits. In full bandwidth
operation, the ADC output is the 14-bit word followed by two zeros,
unless the tail bits are enabled.
DDC I/Q OUTPUT SELECTION
DDC Filtering Stage
Each DDC channel has two output ports that can be paired to
support both real and complex outputs. For real output signals, only
the DDC Output Port I is used (the DDC Output Port Q is invalid).
For complex I/Q output signals, both DDC Output Port I and DDC
Output Port Q are used.
After shifting down to baseband, this stage decimates the frequency
spectrum using multiple low-pass finite impulse response (FIR)
filters for rate conversion. The decimation process lowers the output
data rate, which in turn reduces the output interface rate.
The I/Q outputs to each DDC channel are controlled by the DDC
complex to real enable bit, Bit 3, in the DDC control registers
(Register 0x0310, Register 0x0330, Register 0x0350, and Register
0x0370).
DDC Gain Stage (Optional)
Because of losses associated with mixing a real input signal down
to baseband, this stage compensates by adding an additional 0 dB
or 6 dB of gain.
The chip Q ignore bit in the chip mode register (Register 0x0200,
Bit 5) controls the chip output muxing of all the DDC channels.
When all DDC channels use real outputs, set this bit high to ignore
all DDC Q output ports. When any of the DDC channels are set to
use complex I/Q outputs, the user must clear this bit to use both
DDC Output Port I and DDC Output Port Q. For more information,
see Figure 97.
DDC Complex to Real Conversion Stage
(Optional)
When real outputs are necessary, this stage converts the complex
outputs back to real by performing an fS/4 mixing operation plus a
filter to remove the complex component of the signal.
DDC GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Figure 81 shows the detailed block diagram of the DDCs imple-
mented in the AD9699.
The four DDC blocks are used to extract a portion of the full digital
spectrum captured by the ADC. They are intended for IF sampling
or oversampled baseband radios requiring wide bandwidth input
signals.
Figure 82 shows an example usage of one of the four DDC
channels with a real input signal and four half-band filters (HB4 +
HB3 + HB2 + HB1) used. It shows both complex (decimate by 16)
and real (decimate by 8) output options.
Each DDC block contains the following signal processing stages:
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 33 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Figure 81. DDC Detailed Block Diagram
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 34 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Figure 82. DDC Theory of Operation Example (Real Input)
Register 0x0350, and Register 0x0370). These IF modes are as
follows:
DDC FREQUENCY TRANSLATION
DDC Frequency Translation General
Description
► Variable IF mode
► 0 Hz IF or zero IF (ZIF) mode
► fS/4 Hz IF mode
Frequency translation is accomplished by using a 48-bit complex
NCO with a digital quadrature mixer. This stage translates either
a real or complex input signal from an IF to a baseband complex
digital output (carrier frequency = 0 Hz).
► Test mode
Variable IF Mode
The frequency translation stage of each DDC can be controlled
individually and supports four different IF modes using Bits[5:4]
of the DDC control registers (Register 0x0310, Register 0x0330,
In this mode, the NCO and mixers are enabled. The NCO output
frequency can be used to digitally tune the IF frequency.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 35 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
0 Hz IF (ZIF) Mode
Test Mode
In this mode, the mixers are bypassed, and the NCO is disabled.
In this mode, input samples are forced to 0.999 to positive full
scale. The NCO is enabled. This test mode allows the NCOs to
directly drive the decimation filters.
fS/4 Hz IF Mode
Figure 83 show examples of the frequency translation stage for real
inputs.
In this mode, the mixers and the NCO are enabled in downmixing
by fS/4 mode to save power.
Figure 83. DDC NCO Frequency Tuning Word Selection—Real Inputs
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 36 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
DDC NCO Description
DDC NCO Coherent Mode
Each DDC contains one NCO. Each NCO enables the frequency
translation process by creating a complex exponential frequency
(e-jωct), which can be mixed with the input spectrum to translate the
desired frequency band of interest to dc, where it can be filtered by
the subsequent low-pass filter blocks to prevent aliasing.
This mode allows an infinite number of frequency hops where the
phase is referenced to a single synchronization event at time 0.
This mode is useful when phase coherency must be maintained
when switching between different frequency bands. In this mode,
the user can switch to any tuning frequency without the need to re-
set the NCO. Although only one FTW is required, the NCO contains
16 shadow registers for fast-switching applications. Selection of the
shadow registers is controlled by the CMOS GPIO pins or through
the register map of the SPI. In this mode, the NCO can be set up by
providing the following:
When placed in variable IF mode, the NCO supports two different
additional modes.
DDC NCO Programmable Modulus Mode
This mode supports >48-bit frequency tuning accuracy for appli-
cations that require exact rational (M/N) frequency synthesis at
a single carrier frequency. In this mode, the NCO is set up by
providing the following:
► Up to sixteen 48-bit FTWs.
► Up to sixteen 48-bit POWs.
► The 48-bit MAW must be set to zero in coherent mode.
Figure 84 shows a block diagram of one NCO and its connection
to the rest of the design. The coherent phase accumulator block
contains the logic that allows an infinite number of frequency hops.
The gray lines in Figure 84 represent SPI control lines.
► 48-bit frequency tuning word (FTW)
► 48-bit Modulus A word (MAW)
► 48-bit Modulus B word (MBW)
► 48-bit phase offset word (POW)
Figure 84. NCO + Mixer Block Diagram
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 37 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
and for negative numbers, mod(–32,10)= –2.
NCO FTW/POW/MAW/MAB Description
floor(x) is defined as the largest integer less than or equal to x. For
example, floor(3.6) = 3.
The NCO frequency value is determined by the following settings:
► 48-bit twos complement number entered in the FTW
► 48-bit unsigned number entered in the MAW
► 48-bit unsigned number entered in the MBW
Note that Equation 1 to Equation 4 apply to the aliasing of signals
in the digital domain (that is, aliasing introduced when digitizing
analog signals).
M and N are integers reduced to their lowest terms. MAW and
MBW are integers reduced to their lowest terms. When MAW is set
to zero, the programmable modulus logic is automatically disabled.
Frequencies between −fS/2 and +fS/2 (fS/2 excluded) are represent-
ed using the following values:
► FTW = 0x8000_0000_0000 and MAW = 0x0000_0000_0000
represents a frequency of –fS/2.
► FTW = 0x0000_0000_0000 and MAW = 0x0000_0000_0000
represents dc (frequency is 0 Hz).
► FTW = 0x7FFF_FFFF_FFFF and MAW = 0x0000_0000_0000
represents a frequency of +fS/2.
For example, if the ADC sampling frequency (fS) is 3000 MSPS and
the carrier frequency (fC) is 1001.5 MHz, then,
mod 1001 . 5, 3000
3000
M
N
2003
=
6000
=
mod 1001 . 5, 3000
3000
FTW = floor 248
NCO FTW/POW/MAW/MAB Programmable
Modulus Mode
= 0x5576_19F0_FB3
MAW = mod(248 × 2003, 6000) = 0x0000_0000_0F80
MBW = 0x0000_0000_1770
For programmable modulus mode, the MAW must be set to a
nonzero value (not equal to 0x0000_0000_0000). This mode is
only needed when frequency accuracy of >48 bits is required. One
example of a rational frequency synthesis requirement that requires
>48 bits of accuracy is a carrier frequency of 1/3 the sample rate.
When frequency accuracy of ≤48 bits is required, coherent mode
must be used (see the NCO FTW/POW/MAW/MAB Coherent Mode
section).
The actual carrier frequency can be calculated based on the follow-
ing equation:
MAW
MBW
FTW +
× f
S
fC_ACTUAL
=
48
2
For the previous example, the actual carrier frequency (fC_ACTUAL
is
)
In programmable modulus mode, the FTW, MAW, and MBW must
satisfy the following four equations (for a detailed description of
the programmable modulus feature, see the DDS architecture de-
scribed in the AN-953 Application Note):
0x0000_0000_0F80
0x5576_19F0_FB38 ×
0x0000_0000_1770
48
fC_ACTUAL
=
=
2
1001.5 MHz
MAW
MBW
48
FTW +
mod f , f
C
S
M
N
=
=
(1)
(2)
A 48-bit POW is available for each NCO to create a known phase
relationship between multiple chips or individual DDC channels
inside the chip.
f
S
2
mod f , f
FTW = floor 248
C
S
f
S
While in programmable modulus mode, the FTW and POW regis-
ters can be updated at any time while still maintaining deterministic
phase results in the NCO. However, the following procedure must
be followed to update the MAW and/or MBW registers to ensure
proper operation of the NCO:
MAW = mod 248 × M, N (3)
MBW = N (4)
where:
fC is the desired carrier frequency.
fS is the ADC sampling frequency.
M is the integer representing the rational numerator of the frequen-
cy ratio.
N is the integer representing the rational denominator of the fre-
quency ratio.
1. Write to the MAW and MBW registers for all the DDCs.
2. Synchronize the NCOs either through the DDC soft reset bit
accessible through the SPI or through the assertion of the
SYSREF± pin (see the Reading the Memory Map Register
Table section).
FTW is the 48-bit twos complement number representing the NCO
FTW.
NCO FTW/POW/MAW/MAB Coherent Mode
For coherent mode, the NCO MAW must be set to zero
(0x0000_0000_0000). In this mode, the NCO FTW can be calculat-
ed by the following equation:
MAW is the 48-bit unsigned number representing the NCO MAW
(must be <247).
MBW is the 48-bit unsigned number representing the NCO MBW.
mod(x) is a remainder function. For example, mod(110,100) = 10
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 38 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
mod f ,
f
S
FTW = round 248
(5)
For the previous example, the actual carrier frequency (fC_ACTUAL
is
)
C
f
S
416 . 667 × 3000
where:
fC_ACTUAL
=
= 416 . 66699 MHz
48
2
FTW is the 48-bit twos complement number representing the
NCO FTW.
fS is the ADC sampling frequency.
A 48-bit POW is available for each NCO to create a known phase
relationship between multiple chips or individual DDC channels
inside the chip.
fC is the desired carrier frequency.
mod(x) is a remainder function. For example mod(110,100) = 10
and for negative numbers, mod(–32,10) = –2.
round(x) is a rounding function. For example round(3.6) = 4 and for
negative numbers, round(–3.4) = –3.
While in coherent mode, the FTW and POW registers can be
updated at any time while still maintaining deterministic phase
results in the NCO.
Note that Equation 5 applies to the aliasing of signals in the digital
domain (that is, aliasing introduced when digitizing analog signals).
The MAW must be set to zero to use coherent mode. When MAW is
zero, the programmable modulus logic is automatically disabled.
NCO Channel Selection
When configured in coherent mode, only one FTW is required in
the NCO. In this mode, the user can switch to any tuning frequency
without the need to reset the NCO by writing to the FTW directly.
However, for fast switching applications, where either all FTWs
are known beforehand or it is possible to queue up the next set
of FTWs, the NCO contains 16 additional shadow registers (see
Figure 84). These shadow registers are hereafter referred to as the
NCO channels.
For example, if the ADC sampling frequency (fS) is 3000 MSPS and
the carrier frequency (fC) is 416.667 MHz, then,
mod 416 . 667, 3000
NCO_FTW = round 248
3000
= 0x2EC6_C03A_8E23
The actual carrier frequency can be calculated based on the follow-
ing equation:
Figure 85 shows a simplified block diagram of the NCO channel
selection block. The gray lines in Figure 85 represent SPI control
lines.
FTW × f
S
fC_ACTUAL
=
48
2
Figure 85. NCO Channel Selection Block
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 39 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Only one NCO channel is active at a time and NCO channel
selection is controlled either by the CMOS GPIO pins or through the
register map.
The following procedure must be followed to use GPIO edge control
mode for NCO channel selection:
1. Configure one or more GPIO pins as NCO channel selection
Each NCO channel selector supports three different modes, descri-
bed as follows:
inputs.
a. To use GPIO_A0, write Bits[2:0] in Register 0x0040 to 0x6
► GPIO level control mode. In this mode, the GPIO pins determine
the exact NCO channel selected.
and Bits[3:0] in Register 0x0041 to 0x0.
b. To use GPIO_B0, write Bits[5:3] in Register 0x0040 to 0x6
► GPIO edge control mode. A low to high transition on a single
GPIO pin determines the exact NCO channel selected. The
internal channel selection counter is reset by either SYSREF± or
by the DDC soft reset.
► Register map mode. In this mode, the NCO channel selected is
determined directly through the register map.
and Bits[7:4] in Register 0x0041 to 0x0.
c. To use GPIO_A1, write Bits[3:0] in Register 0x0042 to 0x0.
d. To use GPIO_B1, write Bits[7:4] in Register 0x0042 to 0x0.
2. Configure the NCO channel selector in GPIO edge control
mode by setting Bits[7:4] in the NCO control registers (Regis-
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register
0x0374) to 0x8 through 0xB, depending on the desired GPIO
pin.
The following procedure must be followed to use GPIO level control
mode for NCO channel selection:
3. Configure the wrap point for the NCO channel selection by
setting Bits[3:0] in the NCO control registers (Register 0x0314,
Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register 0x0374). A
value of 4 causes the channel selection to wrap at Channel 4
(for example, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4).
1. Configure one or more GPIO pins as NCO channel selection
inputs. The GPIO pins not configured as NCO channel selection
inputs are internally tied low.
a. To use GPIO_A0, write Bits[2:0] in Register 0x0040 to 0x6
and Bits[3:0] in Register 0x0041 to 0x0.
b. To use GPIO_B0, write Bits[5:3] in Register 0x0040 to 0x6
4. Transition the selected GPIO pin from low to high to increment
the NCO channel selection.
and Bits[7:4] in Register 0x0041 to 0x0.
c. To use GPIO_A1, write Bits[3:0] in Register 0x0042 to 0x0.
d. To use GPIO_B1, write Bits[7:4] in Register 0x0042 to 0x0.
Figure 86 shows an example use case for coherent mode using
three NCO channels. In this example, NCO Channel 0 is actively
downconverting Bandwidth 0 (B0), while NCO Channel 1 and
Channel 2 are in standby mode and are tuned to Bandwidth 1 and
Bandwidth 2 (B1 and B2), respectively.
2. Configure the NCO channel selector in GPIO level control
mode by setting Bits[7:4] in the NCO control registers (Regis-
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register
0x0374) to 0x1 through 0x6, depending on the desired GPIO
pin order.
The phase coherent NCO switching feature allows an infinite num-
ber of frequency hops that are all phase coherent. The initial phase
of the NCO is established at time t0 from SYSREF± synchroniza-
tion. Switching the NCO FTW does not affect the phase. With this
feature, only one FTW is required, but the user may wish to use all
16 channels to queue up the next hop.
3. Select the desired NCO channel through the GPIO pins.
After SYSREF± synchronization at startup, all NCOs across multi-
ple chips are inherently synchronized.
Figure 86. NCO Coherent Mode with Three NCO Channels (B0 Selected)
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 40 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
► Using the SYSREF± pin. When the SYSREF± pin is enabled
Setting Up the Multichannel NCO Feature
in the SYSREF control registers (Register 0x0120 and Register
0x0121), and the DDC synchronization is enabled in the DDC
synchronization control register (Register 0x0300, Bits[1:0]), any
subsequent SYSREF± event resets all the PAWs in the chip.
Note that this method can be used to synchronize DDC channels
within the same chip or DDC channels within separate chips.
The first step to configure the multichannel NCO is to program the
FTWs. The AD9699 memory map has an FTW index register for
each DDC. This index determines which NCO channel receives the
FTW from the register map. The following sequence describes the
method for programming the FTWs:
1. Write the FTW index register with the desired DDC channel.
2. Write the FTW with the desired value. This value is applied to
NCO Multichip Synchronization
the NCO channel index mentioned in Step 1.
3. Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for other NCO channels.
In some applications, it is necessary to synchronize all the NCOs
and local multiframe clocks (LMFCs) within multiple devices in a
system. For applications requiring multiple NCO tuning frequencies
in the system, a designer likely needs to generate a single SYSREF
pulse at all devices simultaneously. For many systems, generating
or receiving a single-shot SYSREF pulse at all devices is challeng-
ing because of the following factors:
After setting the FTWs, the user must then select an active NCO
channel. This selection can be performed either through the SPI
registers or through the external GPIO pins. The following se-
quence describes the method for selecting the active NCO channel
using the SPI:
► Enabling or disabling the SYSREF pulse is often an asynchro-
nous event.
► Not all clock generation chips support this feature.
1. Set the NCO channel select mode bits (Bits[7:4] in Regis-
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register
0x0374) to 0x0 to enable SPI selection.
2. Choose the active NCO channel using Bits[3:0] in Regis-
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register
0x0374.
For these reasons, the AD9699 contains a synchronization trigger-
ing mechanism that allows the following:
► Multichip synchronization of all NCOs and LMFCs at system
startup.
► Multichip synchronization of all NCOs after applying new tuning
frequencies during normal operation.
The following sequence describes the method for selecting the
active NCO channel using the GPIO CMOS pins:
1. Set the NCO channel select mode bits (Bits[7:4] in Regis-
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register
0x0374) to a nonzero value to enable GPIO pin selection.
The synchronization triggering mechanism uses a master/slave
arrangement, as shown in Figure 87.
2. Configure the GPIO pins as NCO channel selection inputs
by writing to Register 0x0040, Register 0x0041, and Register
0x0042.
3. NCO switching is performed by externally controlling the GPIO
CMOS pins.
NCO Synchronization
Each NCO contains a separate phase accumulator word (PAW).
The initial reset value of each PAW is set to zero and incremented
every clock cycle. The instantaneous phase of the NCO is calcu-
lated using the PAW, FTW, MAW, MBW, and POW. Due to this
architecture, the FTW and POW registers can be updated at any
time while still maintaining deterministic phase results in the PAW of
the NCO.
Two methods can be used to synchronize multiple PAWs within the
chip:
Figure 87. System Using Master/Slave Synchronization Triggering
► Using the SPI. Use the DDC soft reset bit in the DDC synchroni-
zation control register (Register 0x0300, Bit 4) to reset all the
PAWs in the chip. This reset is accomplished by setting the DDC
soft reset bit high, and then setting this bit low. Note that this
method can only be used to synchronize DDC channels within
the same chip.
Each device has an internal next synchronization trigger enable
(NSTE) signal that controls whether the next SYSREF signal caus-
es a synchronization event. Slave ADC devices must source their
NSTE from an external slave next trigger input (SNTI) pin. Master
devices can either use an external master next trigger output
(MNTO) pin (default setting), or use an external SNTI pin.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 41 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
See Memory Map Register Details (Register 0x0041 and Register
0x0042) to configure the FD/GPIO pins for this operation.
SYSREF at startup. Using this startup sequence synchronizes all
the NCOs and LMFCs in the system at once.
NCO Multichip Synchronization at Startup
Figure 88 shows a timing diagram along with the required sequence
of events for NCO multichip synchronization using triggering and
Figure 88. NCO Multichip Synchronization at Startup (Using Triggering and SYSREF)
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 42 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
the dynamic range of the signal within the full scale of the output
bits (see the DDC Gain Stage (Optional) section).
NCO Multichip Synchronization During Normal
Operation
The worst case spurious signal from the NCO is greater than 102
dBc SFDR for all output frequencies.
See the Setting Up the Multichannel NCO Feature section.
DDC Mixer Description
DDC DECIMATION FILTERS
When not bypassed (Register 0x0200 ≠ 0x00), the digital quadra-
ture mixer performs a similar operation to an analog quadrature
mixer. It performs the downconversion of the input signal by using
the NCO frequency as a local oscillator. Because the input of the
DDC is a real signal, a real mixer operation (with two multipliers) is
performed.
After the frequency translation stage, there are multiple decimation
filter stages that reduce the output data rate. After the carrier of
interest is tuned down to dc (carrier frequency = 0 Hz), these filters
efficiently lower the sample rate, while providing sufficient alias
rejection from unwanted adjacent carriers around the bandwidth of
interest.
DDC NCO + Mixer Loss and SFDR
Figure 89 shows a simplified block diagram of the decimation
filter stage, and Table 15 describes the filter characteristics of the
different finite impulse response (FIR) filter blocks.
When mixing a real input signal down to baseband, −6 dB of loss
is introduced in the signal due to filtering of the negative image. An
additional −0.05 dB of loss is introduced by the NCO. The total loss
of a real input signal mixed down to baseband is −6.05 dB. For this
reason, it is recommended that the user compensate for this loss by
enabling the 6 dB of gain in the gain stage of the DDC to recenter
Table 16 and Table 17 show the different filter configurations select-
able by including different filters. In all cases, the DDC filtering
stage provides 80% of the available output bandwidth, <±0.005 dB
of pass-band ripple and >100 dB of stop band alias rejection.
Figure 89. DDC Decimation Filter Block Diagram
Table 15. DDC Decimation Filter Characteristics
Pass Band (rad/
sec)
Stop Band (rad/
sec)
Pass-Band Ripple
(dB)
Filter Name
Filter Type
Decimation Ratio
Stop-Band Attenuation (dB)
HB4
HB3
HB2
HB1
TB2
TB11
FB2
FIR low-pass
FIR low-pass
FIR low-pass
FIR low-pass
FIR low-pass
FIR low-pass
FIR low-pass
2
2
2
2
3
3
5
0.1 × π/2
0.2 × π/2
0.4 × π/2
0.8 × π/2
0.4 × π/3
0.8 × π/3
0.4 × π/5
1.9 × π/2
1.8 × π/2
1.6 × π/2
1.2 ×x π/2
1.6 × π/3
1.2 × π/3
1.6 × π/5
<±0.001
<±0.001
<±0.001
<±0.001
<±0.002
<±0.005
<±0.001
>100
>100
>100
>100
>100
>100
>100
1
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 43 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Table 16. DDC Filter Configurations1
Real (I) Output
Decimation Sample
Complex (I/Q) Outputs
Decimation
ADC
Sample
Rate
Alias Protected
Bandwidth
Ideal2 SNR
Improvement (dB)
DDC Filter Configuration
Ratio
Rate
Ratio
Sample Rate
fS
HB1
TB13
1
fS
2
fS/2 (I) + fS/2 (Q)
fS/3 (I) + fS/3 (Q)
fS/4 (I) + fS/4 (Q)
fS/6 (I) + fS/6 (Q)
fS/8 (I) + fS/8 (Q)
fS/10 (I) + fS/10 (Q)
fS/12 (I) + fS/12 (Q)
fS/15 (I) + fS/15 (Q)
fS/16 (I) + fS/16 (Q)
fS/20 (I) + fS/20 (Q)
fS/24 (I) + fS/24 (Q)
fS/30 (I) + fS/30 (Q)
fS/40 (I) + fS/40 (Q)
fS/48 (I) + fS/48 (Q)
fS/2 × 80%
fS/3 × 80%
fS/4 × 80%
fS/6 × 80%
fS/8 × 80%
fS/10 × 80%
fS/12 × 80%
fS/15 × 80%
fS/16 × 80%
fS/20 × 80%
fS/24 × 80%
fS/30 × 80%
fS/40 × 80%
fS/48 × 80%
1
N/A
2
N/A
fS/2
fS/3
fS/4
fS/5
fS/6
N/A
fS/8
fS/10
fS/12
N/A
fS/20
fS/24
3
2.7
4
HB2 + HB1
4
TB2 + HB1
3
6
5.7
7
HB3 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + HB1
4
8
5
10
12
15
16
20
24
30
40
48
8
TB2 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + TB14
6
8.8
9.7
10
11
N/A
8
HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + HB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
HB2 + FB2 + TB15
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
10
12
N/A
20
24
11.8
12.7
14
14.8
1
N/A means not applicable.
2
3
4
5
Ideal SNR improvement due to oversampling + filtering = 10log(bandwidth/fS/2).
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.
Table 17. DDC Filter Configurations (fS = 3000 MSPS)1
Real (I) Output
Complex (I/Q) Outputs
Sample
Rate
(MSPS)
ADC Sample
Rate (MSPS) DDC Filter Configuration
Decimation
Ratio
Alias Protected
Bandwidth (MHz)
Decimation Ratio
Sample Rate (MSPS)
3000
HB1
TB12
1
3000
N/A
1500
1000
750
600
500
N/A
375
300
250
N/A
150
125
2
1500 (I) + 1500 (Q)
1000 (I) + 1000 (Q)
750 (I) + 750 (Q)
500 (I) + 500 (Q)
375 (I) + 375 (Q)
300 (I) + 300 (Q)
250 (I) + 250 (Q)
200 (I) + 200 (Q)
187.5 (I) + 187.5 (Q)
150 (I) + 150 (Q)
125 (I) + 125 (Q)
100 (I) + 100 (Q)
75 (I) + 75 (Q)
1200
800
600
400
300
240
200
160
150
120
100
80
N/A
2
3
HB2 + HB1
4
TB2 + HB1
3
6
HB3 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + HB1
4
8
5
10
12
15
16
20
24
30
40
48
TB2 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + TB13
6
N/A
8
HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + HB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
HB2 + FB2 + TB14
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
10
12
N/A
20
24
60
62.5 (I) + 62.5 (Q)
50
1
N/A means not applicable.
2
3
4
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 44 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Table 19. HB3 Filter Coefficients
HB4 Filter Description
HB3 Coefficient
Number
Normalized
Coefficient
Decimal Coefficient (17-
Bit)
The first decimate by 2, half-band, low-pass, FIR filter (HB4) uses
an 11-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter implementation that is
optimized for low power consumption. The HB4 filter is only used
when complex outputs (decimate by 16) or real outputs (decimate
by 8) are enabled. Otherwise, it is bypassed. Table 18 and Figure
90 show the coefficients and response of the HB4 filter.
C1, C11
C2, C10
C3, C9
C4, C8
C5, C7
C6
0.006637
0
435
0
−0.051055
0
−3346
0
0.294418
0.500000
19295
65,536
Table 18. HB4 Filter Coefficients
Normalized
Coefficient
Decimal Coefficient (15-
Bit)
HB4 Coefficient Number
C1, C11
C2, C10
C3, C9
C4, C8
C5, C7
C6
0.006042
99
0
0
−0.049377
−809
0
0
0.293304
0.5
4806
8192
Figure 91. HB3 Filter Response
HB2 Filter Description
The third decimate by 2, half-band, low-pass, FIR filter (HB2) uses
a 19-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter implementation that
is optimized for low power consumption. The HB2 filter is only
used when complex or real outputs (decimate by 4, 8, or 16) is
enabled. Otherwise, it is bypassed. Table 20 and Figure 92 show
the coefficients and response of the HB2 filter.
Figure 90. HB4 Filter Response
Table 20. HB2 Filter Coefficients
HB3 Filter Description
HB2 Coefficient
Number
Normalized
Coefficient
Decimal Coefficient (18-
Bit)
The second decimate by 2, half-band, low-pass, FIR filter (HB3)
uses an 11-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter implementation
that is optimized for low power consumption. The HB3 filter is only
used when complex outputs (decimate by 8 or 16) or real outputs
(decimate by 4 or 8) are enabled. Otherwise, it is bypassed. Table
19 and Figure 91 show the coefficients and response of the HB3
filter.
C1, C19
C2, C18
C3, C17
C4, C16
C5, C15
C6, C14
C7, C13
C8, C12
C9, C11
C10
0.000671
88
0
0
−0.005325
−698
0
0
0.022743
2981
0
0
−0.074180
−9723
0
0
0.306091
0.5
40120
65536
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 45 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Table 21. HB1 Filter Coefficients
Normalized
Decimal Coefficient (20-
Bit)
HB1 Coefficient Number
Coefficient
C25, C39
C26, C38
C27, C37
C28, C36
C29, C35
C30, C34
C31, C33
C32
−0.036404
−19086
0
0
0.056866
29814
0
0
−0.101892
−53421
0
0
0.316883
0.5
166138
262144
Figure 92. HB2 Filter Response
HB1 Filter Description
The fourth and final decimate by 2, half-band, low-pass, FIR filter
(HB1) uses a 63-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter implemen-
tation that is optimized for low power consumption. The HB1 filter is
always enabled and cannot be bypassed. Table 21 and Figure 93
show the coefficients and response of the HB1 filter.
Table 21. HB1 Filter Coefficients
Normalized
Coefficient
Decimal Coefficient (20-
Bit)
HB1 Coefficient Number
Figure 93. HB1 Filter Response
C1, C63
C2, C62
C3, C61
C4, C60
C5, C59
C6, C58
C7, C57
C8, C56
C9, C55
C10, C54
C11, C53
C12, C52
C13, C51
C14, C50
C15, C49
C16, C48
C17, C47
C18, C46
C19, C45
C20, C44
C21, C43
C22, C42
C23, C41
C24, C40
−0.000019
−10
0
0
TB2 Filter Description
0.000072
38
0
0
The TB2 uses a 26-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter imple-
mentation that is optimized for low power consumption. The TB2 fil-
ter is only used when decimation ratios of 6, 12, or 24 are required.
Table 22 and Figure 94 show the coefficients and response of the
TB2 filter.
−0.000195
−102
0
0
0.000443
232
0
0
−0.000891
−467
Table 22. TB2 Filter Coefficients
0
0
Normalized
Coefficient
Decimal Coefficient (19-
Bit)
0.001644
862
TB2 Coefficient Number
0
0
C1, C26
C2, C25
C3, C24
C4, C23
C5, C22
C6, C21
C7, C20
C8, C19
C9, C18
C10, C17
C11, C16
C12, C15
−0.000190
−0.000793
−0.00113
0.000915
0.006290
0.009822
0.000915
−0.023483
−0.043151
−0.019317
0.071327
0.201171
−50
−0.00284
−1489
208
0
0
−298
240
0.004654
2440
0
0
1649
2575
240
−0.007311
−3833
0
0
0.011122
5831
−6156
−11312
−5064
18698
52736
0
0
−0.016554
−8679
0
0
0.02442
0
12803
0
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 46 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Table 22. TB2 Filter Coefficients
Table 23. TB1 Filter Coefficients
Normalized
Coefficient
Decimal Coefficient (19-
Bit)
TB1 Coefficient
Number
TB2 Coefficient Number
Decimal Coefficient
Quantized Coefficient (22-Bit)
C13, C14
0.297756
78055
21, 56
22, 55
23, 54
24, 53
25, 52
26, 51
27, 50
28, 49
29, 48
30, 47
31, 46
32, 45
33, 44
34, 43
35, 42
36, 41
37, 40
38, 39
−0.007410
−0.008039
0.000053
0.010874
0.013313
0.001817
−0.015579
−0.021590
−0.005603
0.022451
0.035774
0.013541
−0.034655
−0.066549
−0.035213
0.071220
0.210777
0.309200
−31080
−33718
222
45608
55840
7620
−65344
−90556
−23502
94167
150046
56796
−145352
−279128
−147694
298720
884064
1296880
Figure 94. TB2 Filter Response
TB1 Filter Description
The TB1 decimate by 3, low-pass, FIR filter uses a 76-tap, symmet-
rical, fixed coefficient filter implementation. Table 23 shows the TB1
filter coefficients, and Figure 95 shows the TB1 filter response. TB1
is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.
Table 23. TB1 Filter Coefficients
TB1 Coefficient
Number
Decimal Coefficient
Quantized Coefficient (22-Bit)
1, 96
−0.000023
−0.000053
−0.000037
0.000090
0.000291
0.000366
0.000095
−0.000463
−0.000822
−0.000412
0.000739
0.001665
0.001132
−0.000981
−0.002961
−0.002438
0.001087
0.004833
0.004614
−0.000871
−96
2, 75
−224
−156
379
3, 74
4, 73
5, 72
1220
6, 71
1534
7, 70
398
Figure 95. TB1 Filter Response
8, 69
−1940
−3448
−1729
3100
9, 68
FB2 Filter Description
10, 67
11, 66
12, 65
13, 64
14, 63
15, 62
16, 61
17, 60
18, 59
19, 58
20, 57
The FB2 decimate by 5, low-pass, FIR filter uses a 48-tap, symmet-
rical, fixed coefficient filter implementation. Table 24 shows the FB2
filter coefficients, and Figure 96 shows the FB2 filter response.
6984
4748
−4114
−12418
−10226
4560
Table 24. FB2 Filter Coefficients
FB2 Coefficient
Number
Decimal Coefficient
Quantized Coefficient (21-Bit)
1, 48
2, 47
3, 46
4, 45
0.000007
7
20272
19352
−3652
−0.000004
−0.000069
−0.000244
−4
−72
−256
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 47 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Table 24. FB2 Filter Coefficients
DDC GAIN STAGE
FB2 Coefficient
Number
Each DDC contains an independently controlled gain stage. The
gain is selectable as either 0 dB or 6 dB. When mixing a real input
signal down to baseband, it is recommended that the user enable
the 6 dB of gain to recenter the dynamic range of the signal within
the full scale of the output bits.
Decimal Coefficient
Quantized Coefficient (21-Bit)
5, 44
−0.000544
−0.000870
−0.000962
−0.000448
0.000977
0.003237
0.005614
0.006714
0.004871
−0.001011
−0.010456
−0.020729
−0.026978
−0.023453
−0.005608
0.027681
0.072720
0.121223
0.162346
0.185959
−570
6, 43
−912
7, 42
−1009
−470
8, 41
When mixing a complex input signal down to baseband, the mixer
has already recentered the dynamic range of the signal within
the full scale of the output bits, and no additional gain is necessa-
ry. However, the optional 6 dB gain compensates for low signal
strengths. The downsample by 2 portion of the HB1 FIR filter is
bypassed when using the complex to real conversion stage. The
TB1 filter does not have the 6 dB gain stage.
9, 40
1024
10, 39
11, 38
12, 37
13, 36
14, 35
15, 34
16, 33
17, 32
18, 31
19, 30
20, 29
21, 28
22, 27
23, 26
24, 25
3394
5887
7040
5108
−1060
−10964
−21736
−28288
−24592
−5880
29026
76252
127112
170232
194992
DDC COMPLEX TO REAL CONVERSION
Each DDC contains an independently controlled complex to real
conversion block. The complex to real conversion block reuses the
last filter (HB1 FIR) in the filtering stage along with an fS/4 complex
mixer to upconvert the signal. After upconverting the signal, the Q
portion of the complex mixer is no longer needed and is dropped.
The TB1 filter does not support complex to real conversion.
Figure 97 shows a simplified block diagram of the complex to real
conversion.
Figure 96. FB2 Filter Response
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 48 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Figure 97. Complex to Real Conversion Block
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 49 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Table 25 shows the DDC sample mapping when the chip decima-
tion ratio is different than the DDC decimation ratio.
DDC MIXED DECIMATION SETTINGS
The AD9699 also supports DDCs with different decimation rates.
In this scenario, the chip decimation ratio must be set to the
lowest decimation ratio of all the DDC channels. Samples of higher
decimation ratio DDCs are repeated to match the chip decimation
ratio sample rate. Only mixed decimation ratios that are integer
multiples of 2 are supported. For example, decimate by 1, 2, 4, 8,
or 16 can be mixed together, decimate by 3, 6, 12, 24, or 48 can
be mixed together, or decimate by 5, 10, 20, or 40 can be mixed
together.
For example, if the chip decimation ratio is set to decimate by 4,
DDC0 is set to use the HB2 + HB1 filters (complex outputs are
decimate by 4) and DDC1 is set to use the HB4 + HB3 + HB2 +
HB1 filters (real outputs are decimate by 8), then DDC1 repeats
its output data two times for every one DDC0 output. The resulting
output samples are shown in Table 26.
Table 25. Sample Mapping when the Chip Decimation Ratio (DCM) Does Not Match DDC DCM
Sample Index
DDC DCM = Chip DCM
DDC DCM = 2 × Chip DCM
DDC DCM = 4 × Chip DCM
DDC DCM = 8 × Chip DCM
0
N
N
N
N
1
N + 1
N
N
N
2
N + 2
N + 1
N + 1
N + 2
N + 2
N + 3
N + 3
N + 4
N + 4
N + 5
N + 5
N + 6
N + 6
N + 7
N + 7
N + 8
N + 8
N + 9
N + 9
N + 10
N + 10
N + 11
N + 11
N + 12
N + 12
N + 13
N + 13
N + 14
N + 14
N + 15
N + 15
N
N
3
N + 3
N
N
4
N + 4
N + 1
N + 1
N + 1
N + 1
N + 2
N + 2
N + 2
N + 2
N + 3
N + 3
N + 3
N + 3
N + 4
N + 4
N + 4
N + 4
N + 5
N + 5
N + 5
N + 5
N + 6
N + 6
N + 6
N + 6
N + 7
N + 7
N + 7
N + 7
N
5
N + 5
N
6
N + 6
N
7
N + 7
N
8
N + 8
N + 1
N + 1
N + 1
N + 1
N + 1
N + 1
N + 1
N + 1
N + 2
N + 2
N + 2
N + 2
N + 2
N + 2
N + 2
N + 2
N + 3
N + 3
N + 3
N + 3
N + 3
N + 3
N + 3
N + 3
9
N + 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
N + 10
N + 11
N + 12
N + 13
N + 14
N + 15
N + 16
N + 17
N + 18
N + 19
N + 20
N + 21
N + 22
N + 23
N + 24
N + 25
N + 26
N + 27
N + 28
N + 29
N + 30
N + 31
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 50 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Table 26. Chip DCM = 4, DDC0 DCM = 4 (Complex), and DDC1 DCM = 8 (Real)1
DDC0
DDC1
Output Port Q
DDC Input Samples
Output Port I
Output Port Q
Output Port I
N
I0[N]
Q0[N]
I1[N]
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
N + 1
N + 2
N + 3
N + 4
N + 5
N + 6
N + 7
N + 8
N + 9
N + 10
N + 11
N + 12
N + 13
N + 14
N + 15
I0[N]
Q0[N]
I1[N]
I0[N]
Q0[N]
I1[N]
I0[N]
Q0[N]
I1[N]
I0[N + 1]
I0[N + 1]
I0[N + 1]
I0[N + 1]
I0[N + 2]
I0[N + 2]
I0[N + 2]
I0[N + 2]
I0[N + 3]
I0[N + 3]
I0[N + 3]
I0[N + 3]
Q0[N + 1]
Q0[N + 1]
Q0[N + 1]
Q0[N + 1]
Q0[N + 2]
Q0[N + 2]
Q0[N + 2]
Q0[N + 2]
Q0[N + 3]
Q0[N + 3]
Q0[N + 3]
Q0[N + 3]
I1[N]
I1[N]
I1[N]
I1[N]
I1[N + 1]
I1[N + 1]
I1[N + 1]
I1[N + 1]
I1[N + 1]
I1[N + 1]
I1[N + 1]
I1[N + 1]
1
DCM means decimation.
DDC EXAMPLE CONFIGURATIONS
Table 27 describes the register settings for multiple DDC example configurations.
Table 27. DDC Example Configurations (Per ADC Channel Pair)
No. of Virtual
Chip Application Chip Decimation DDC Output Bandwidth Per
Converters
Required
Layer
Ratio
Type
DDC1
Register Settings
Two DDCs
4
Real
10% × fS
2
0x0200 = 0x22 (two DDCs, I only selected)
0x0201 = 0x02 (chip decimate by 4)
0x0310, 0x0330 = 0x49 (real mixer, 6 dB gain variable IF, real output, HB3
+ HB2 + HB1 filters)
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC0
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC1
Two DDCs
4
Complex
20% × fS
4
0x0200 = 0x02 (two DDCs, I/Q selected)
0x0201 = 0x02 (chip decimate by 4)
0x0310, 0x0330 = 0x40 (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF, complex output,
HB2 + HB1 filters)
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC0
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 51 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Table 27. DDC Example Configurations (Per ADC Channel Pair)
Chip Application Chip Decimation DDC Output Bandwidth Per
No. of Virtual
Converters
Required
Layer
Ratio
Type
DDC1
Register Settings
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC1
Two DDCs
8
Real
5% × fS
2
0x0200 = 0x22 (two DDCs, I only selected)
0x0201 = 0x03 (chip decimate by 8)
0x0310, 0x0330 = 0x4A (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF, real output, HB4
+ HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filters)
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC0
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC1
Four DDCs
8
Complex
10% × fS
8
0x0200 = 0x03 (four DDCs, I/Q selected)
0x0201 = 0x03 (chip decimate by 8)
0x0310, 0x0330, 0x0350, 0x0370 = 0x41 (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF,
complex output, HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filters)
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC2 decimation rate selection)
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC3 decimation rate selection)
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC0
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC1
0x0356, 0x0357, 0x0358, 0x0359, 0x035A, 0x035B, 0x035D, 0x035E,
0x035F, 0x0360, 0x0361, 0x0362 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC2
0x0376, 0x0377, 0x0378, 0x0379, 0x037A, 0x037B, 0x037D, 0x037E,
0x037F, 0x0380, 0x0381, 0x0382 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC3
Four DDCs
8
Real
5% × fS
4
0x0200 = 0x23 (four DDCs, I only selected)
0x0201 = 0x03 (chip decimate by 8)
0x0310, 0x0330, 0x0350, 0x0370 = 0x4A (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF,
real output, HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filters)
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC2 decimation rate selection)
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC3 decimation rate selection)
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC0
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC1
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 52 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)
Table 27. DDC Example Configurations (Per ADC Channel Pair)
Chip Application Chip Decimation DDC Output Bandwidth Per
No. of Virtual
Converters
Required
Layer
Ratio
Type
DDC1
Register Settings
0x0356, 0x0357, 0x0358, 0x0359, 0x035A, 0x035B, 0x035D, 0x035E,
0x035F, 0x0360, 0x0361, 0x0362 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC2
0x0376, 0x0377, 0x0378, 0x0379, 0x037A, 0x037B, 0x037D, 0x037E,
0x037F, 0x0380, 0x0381, 0x0382 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC3
Four DDCs
16
Complex
5% × fS
8
0x0200 = 0x03 (four DDCs, I/Q selected)
0x0201 = 0x04 (chip decimate by 16)
0x0310, 0x0330, 0x0350, 0x0370 = 0x42 (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF,
complex output, HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filters)
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC2 decimation rate selection)
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC3 decimation rate selection)
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC0
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC1
0x0356, 0x0357, 0x0358, 0x0359, 0x035A, 0x035B, 0x035D, 0x035E,
0x035F, 0x0360, 0x0361, 0x0362 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC2
0x0376, 0x0377, 0x0378, 0x0379, 0x037A, 0x037B, 0x037D, 0x037E,
0x037F, 0x0380, 0x0381, 0x0382 = FTW and POW set as required by
application for DDC3
1
fS is the ADC sample rate.
DDC POWER CONSUMPTION
Table 28 describes the typical and maximum DVDD and DRVDD1 power for certain DDC modes; fS = 3 GHz in all cases.
Table 28. DDC Power Consumption for Example Configurations
DVDD Power (mW)
DRVDD1 Power (mW)
Number of
DDCs
DDC Decimation
Ratio1
Number of
Lanes (L)
Number of Virtual
Converters (M)
Number of Octets per
Frame (F)
Typ
Max
Typ
Max
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
8
8
8
4
4
2
8
8
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
2
2
615
675
585
590
570
585
745
755
715
1190
1250
1150
1145
1120
1135
1350
1365
1320
415
310
250
175
145
105
415
305
250
565
435
370
275
245
205
570
440
370
3
4
6
8
12
4
6
8
1
See Table 16 and Table 17 for details on decimation filter selection, the associated alias protected bandwidths, and SNR improvements.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 53 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
SIGNAL MONITOR
The signal monitor block provides additional information about the
signal being digitized by the ADC. The signal monitor computes
the peak magnitude of the digitized signal. This information can be
used to drive an AGC loop to optimize the range of the ADC in the
presence of real-world signals.
When the monitor period timer reaches a count of 1, the 13-bit
peak level value is transferred to the signal monitor holding register,
which can be read through the memory map or output through the
SPORT over the JESD204B interface. The monitor period timer is
reloaded with the value in the SMPR, and the countdown restarts.
In addition, the magnitude of the first input sample is updated in
the magnitude storage register, and the comparison and update
procedure, as explained previously, continues.
The results of the signal monitor block can be obtained either by
reading back the internal values from the SPI port or by embedding
the signal monitoring information into the JESD204B interface as
separate control bits. A global, 24-bit programmable period controls
the duration of the measurement. Figure 98 shows the simplified
block diagram of the signal monitor block.
To enable Signal Monitor feature:
1. Enable signal monitoring and set SMPR accordingly.
2. Write result update bit through SPI (register 0x274[4]). This
would update the frame counter and the signal monitor result.
Please see register map for more details.
3. Read frame counter register (0x278)
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until the frame counter register (0x278)
read back a different value. This indicates that the signal moni-
tor result has been updated and is ready for read back.
5. Read signal monitor result (registers 0x275 to 0x277). The
signal monitor result is 13 bit. Only the upper 13 bit of the 20-bit
word read back is valid (MSB aligned).
SPORT OVER JESD204B
Figure 98. Signal Monitor Block
The signal monitor data can also be serialized and sent over the
JESD204B interface as control bits. These control bits must be
deserialized from the samples to reconstruct the statistical data.
The signal control monitor function is enabled by setting Bits[1:0]
of Register 0x0279 and Bit 1 of Register 0x027A. Figure 99 shows
two different example configurations for the signal monitor control
bit locations inside the JESD204B samples. A maximum of three
control bits can be inserted into the JESD204B samples. However,
only one control bit is required for the signal monitor. Control bits
are inserted from MSB to LSB. If only one control bit is to be
inserted (CS = 1), only the most significant control bit is used
(see Example Configuration 1 and Example Configuration 2 in
Figure 99). To select the SPORT over JESD204B option, program
Register 0x0559, Register 0x055A, and Register 0x058F. See Table
44 for more information on setting these bits.
The peak detector captures the largest signal within the observation
period. The detector only observes the magnitude of the signal. The
resolution of the peak detector is a 13-bit value, and the observa-
tion period is 24 bits and represents converter output samples. The
peak magnitude can be derived by using the following equation:
Peak Magnitude (dBFS) = 20log(Peak Detector Value/213
)
The magnitude of the input port signal is monitored over a program-
mable time period, which is determined by the signal monitor period
register (SMPR). The peak detector function is enabled by setting
Bit 1 in the signal monitor control register (Register 0x0270). The
24-bit SMPR must be programmed before activating this mode.
After enabling peak detection mode, the value in the SMPR is load-
ed into a monitor period timer, which decrements at the decimated
clock rate. The magnitude of the input signal is compared with the
value in the internal magnitude storage register (not accessible to
the user), and the greater of the two is updated as the current peak
level. The initial value of the magnitude storage register is set to
the current ADC input signal magnitude. This comparison continues
until the monitor period timer reaches a count of 1.
Figure 100 shows the 25-bit frame data that encapsulates the peak
detector value. The frame data is transmitted MSB first with five
5-bit subframes. Each subframe contains a start bit that can be
used by a receiver to validate the deserialized data. Figure 101
shows the SPORT over JESD204B signal monitor data with a
monitor period timer set to 80 samples.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 54 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
SIGNAL MONITOR
Figure 99. Signal Monitor Control Bit Locations
Figure 100. SPORT over JESD204B Signal Monitor Frame Data
Figure 101. SPORT over JESD204B Signal Monitor Example with Period = 80 Samples
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 55 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
► N is the converter resolution. AD9699 value = 7 to 16.
► CS is the number of control bits per sample.
AD9699 value = 0, 1, 2, or 3.
► K is the number of frames per multiframe.
AD9699 value = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, or 32.
► S is the samples transmitted per single converter per frame
cycle. AD9699 value is set automatically based on L, M, F, and
N΄.
► HD is the high density mode. the AD9699 mode is set automati-
cally based on L, M, F, and N΄.
► CF is the number of control words per frame clock cycle per
converter device. AD9699 value = 0.
INTRODUCTION TO THE JESD204B
INTERFACE
The AD9699 digital outputs are designed to the JEDEC standard
JESD204B, serial interface for data converters. JESD204B is a
protocol to link the AD9699 to a digital processing device over a
serial interface with lane rates of up to 16 Gbps. The benefits of
the JESD204B interface over LVDS include a reduction in required
board area for data interface routing and an ability to enable smaller
packages for converter and logic devices.
JESD204B OVERVIEW
The JESD204B data transmit block assembles the parallel data
from the ADC into frames and uses 8-bit/10-bit encoding as well as
optional scrambling to form serial output data. Lane synchronization
is supported through the use of separate control characters during
the initial establishment of the link. Additional control characters
are embedded in the data stream to maintain synchronization
thereafter. A JESD204B receiver is required to complete the serial
link. For additional details on the JESD204B interface, refer to the
JESD204B standard.
Figure 102 shows a simplified block diagram of the AD9699
JESD204B link. By default, the AD9699 is configured to use
one converter and four lanes. The converter data is output to
SERDOUT0± and/or SERDOUT1± and/or SERDOUT2± and/or
SERDOUT3±.
By default in the AD9699, the 14-bit converter word is broken into
two octets (eight bits of data). Bit 13 (MSB) through Bit 6 are
in the first octet. The second octet contains Bit 5 through Bit 0
(LSB) and two tail bits. The tail bits can be configured as zeros or
as a pseudorandom number sequence. The tail bits can also be
replaced with control bits indicating overrange, SYSREF±, or fast
detect output.
The AD9699 JESD204B data transmit block maps one physical
ADC or up to eight virtual converters (when DDCs are enabled)
over a link. A link can be configured to use one, two, four, or eight
JESD204B lanes. The JESD204B specification refers to a number
of parameters to define the link, and these parameters must match
between the JESD204B transmitter (the AD9699 output) and the
JESD204B receiver (the logic device input).
The two resulting octets can be scrambled. Scrambling is optional.
However, it is recommended to avoid spectral peaks when transmit-
ting similar digital data patterns. The scrambler uses a self synchro-
nizing, polynomial-based algorithm defined by the equation 1 +
x14 + x15. The descrambler in the receiver is a self synchronizing
version of the scrambler polynomial.
The JESD204B link is described according to the following parame-
ters:
► L is the number of lanes per converter device (lanes per link).
AD9699 value = 1, 2, 4, or 8.
► M is the number of converters per converter device (virtual
converters per link). AD9699 value = 1, 2, 4, or 8.
► F is the octets per frame. AD9699 value = 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16.
► N΄ is the number of bits per sample (JESD204B word size).
AD9699 value = 8 or 16.
The two octets are then encoded with an 8-bit/10-bit encoder. The
8-bit/10-bit encoder works by taking eight bits of data (an octet)
and encoding them into a 10-bit symbol. Figure 103 shows how the
14-bit data is taken from the ADC, how the tail bits are added, how
the two octets are scrambled, and how the octets are encoded into
two 10-bit symbols. Figure 103 shows the default data format.
Figure 102. Transmit Link Simplified Block Diagram Showing Full Bandwidth Mode (Register 0x0200 = 0x00)
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 56 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Figure 103. ADC Output Datapath Showing Data Framing
Figure 104. Data Flow
FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW
Physical Layer
The block diagram in Figure 104 shows the flow of data through the
JESD204B hardware from the sample input to the physical output.
The processing can be divided into layers that are derived from
the open source initiative (OSI) model widely used to describe the
abstraction layers of communications systems. These layers are
the transport layer, data link layer, and physical layer (serializer and
output driver).
The physical layer consists of the high speed circuitry clocked at
the serial clock rate. In this layer, parallel data is converted into one,
two, or four lanes of high speed differential serial data.
JESD204B LINK ESTABLISHMENT
The AD9699 JESD204B transmitter (Tx) interface operates in
Subclass 1 as defined in the JEDEC Standard 204B (July 2011
specification). The link establishment process is divided into the
following steps: code group synchronization and SYNCINB±, initial
lane alignment sequence, and user data and error correction.
Transport Layer
The transport layer handles packing the data (consisting of samples
and optional control bits) into JESD204B frames that are mapped
to 8-bit octets. These octets are sent to the data link layer. The
transport layer mapping is controlled by rules derived from the link
parameters. Tail bits are added to fill gaps where required. The
following equation can be used to determine the number of tail bits
within a sample (JESD204B word):
Code Group Synchronization (CGS) and
SYNCINB±
The CGS is the process by which the JESD204B receiver finds the
boundaries between the 10-bit symbols in the stream of data. Dur-
ing the CGS phase, the JESD204B transmit block transmits /K28.5/
characters. The receiver must locate /K28.5/ characters in its input
data stream using clock and data recovery (CDR) techniques.
T = N΄ – N – CS
Data Link Layer
The receiver issues a synchronization request by asserting the
SYNCINB± pin of the AD9699 low. The JESD204B Tx then begins
sending /K/ characters. After the receiver synchronizes, it waits for
the correct reception of at least four consecutive /K/ symbols. It
then deasserts SYNCINB±. The AD9699 then transmits an ILAS on
the following LMFC boundary.
The data link layer is responsible for the low level functions
of passing data across the link. These functions include optionally
scrambling the data, inserting control characters for multichip syn-
chronization/lane alignment/monitoring, and encoding
8-bit octets into 10-bit symbols. The data link layer is also responsi-
ble for sending the initial lane alignment sequence (ILAS), which
contains the link configuration data used by the receiver to verify
the settings in the transport layer.
For more information on the code group synchronization phase, re-
fer to the JEDEC Standard JESD204B, July 2011, Section 5.3.3.1.
The SYNCINB± pin operation can also be controlled by the SPI.
The SYNCINB± signal is a differential dc-coupled LVDS mode
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 57 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
signal by default, but it can also be driven single-ended. For more
information on configuring the SYNCINB± pin operation, refer to
Register 0x0572.
configuration data is to follow. All undefined data slots are filled with
ramp data. The ILAS sequence is never scrambled.
The ILAS sequence construction is shown in Figure 105. The four
multiframes include the following:
The SYNCINB± pins can also be configured to run in CMOS
(single-ended) mode, by setting Bit 4 in Register 0x0572. When
running SYNCINB± in CMOS mode, connect the CMOS SYNCINB
signal to Pin N13 (SYNCINB+) and leave Pin R13 (SYNCINB−)
floating.
► Multiframe 1 begins with an /R/ character (/K28.0/) and ends with
an /A/ character (/K28.3/).
► Multiframe 2 begins with an /R/ character followed by a /Q/
character (/K28.4/), followed by link configuration parameters
over 14 configuration octets (see Table 43) and ends with an /A/
character. Many of the parameter values are of the value − 1
notation.
► Multiframe 3 begins with an /R/ character (/K28.0/) and ends with
an /A/ character (/K28.3/).
► Multiframe 4 begins with an /R/ character (/K28.0/) and ends with
an /A/ character (/K28.3/).
Initial Lane Alignment Sequence (ILAS)
The ILAS phase follows the CGS phase and begins on the next
LMFC boundary. The ILAS consists of four multiframes, with an /R/
character marking the beginning and an /A/ character marking the
end. The ILAS begins by sending an /R/ character followed by 0
to 255 ramp data for one multiframe. On the second multiframe,
the link configuration data is sent, starting with the third character.
The second character is a /Q/ character to confirm that the link
Figure 105. Initial Lane Alignment Sequence
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 58 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
The AD9699 digital outputs can interface with custom ASICs and
field programmable gate array (FPGA) receivers, providing superior
switching performance in noisy environments. Single point-to-point
network topologies are recommended with a single differential 100
Ω termination resistor placed as close to the receiver inputs as
possible.
User Data and Error Detection
After the initial lane alignment sequence is complete, the user data
is sent. Normally, within a frame, all characters are considered user
data. However, to monitor the frame clock and multiframe clock
synchronization, there is a mechanism for replacing characters
with /F/ or /A/ alignment characters when the data meets certain
conditions. These conditions are different for unscrambled and
scrambled data. The scrambling operation is enabled by default.
However, it can be disabled using the SPI.
If there is no far end receiver termination, or if there is poor
differential trace routing, timing errors can result. To avoid such
timing errors, it is recommended that the trace length be less than
six inches, and that the differential output traces be close together
and at equal lengths.
For scrambled data, any 0xFC character at the end of a frame
is replaced by an /F/, and any 0x7C character at the end of a multi-
frame is replaced by an /A/. The JESD204B receiver (Rx) checks
for /F/ and /A/ characters in the received data stream and verifies
that they only occur in the expected locations. If an unexpected /F/
or /A/ character is found, the receiver handles the situation by using
dynamic realignment or asserting the SYNCINB± signal for more
than four frames to initiate a resynchronization. For unscrambled
data, if the final character of two subsequent frames is equal, the
second character is replaced with an /F/ if it is at the end of a frame,
and an /A/ if it is at the end of a multiframe.
Figure 106 to Figure 108 show examples of the digital output
data eye, jitter histogram, and bathtub curve, respectively, for one
AD9699 lane running at 16 Gbps. The format of the output data is
twos complement by default. To change the output data format, see
Memory Map section (Register 0x0561) for more details.
Insertion of alignment characters can be modified using the SPI.
The frame alignment character insertion (FACI) is enabled by
default. More information on the link controls is available in the
Memory Map section, Register 0x0571.
Figure 106. Digital Outputs Data Eye, External 100 Ω Terminations at 16 Gbps
8-Bit/10-Bit Encoder
The 8-bit/10-bit encoder converts 8-bit octets into 10-bit symbols
and inserts control characters into the stream when needed. The
control characters used in JESD204B are shown in Table 43. The
8-bit/10-bit encoding ensures that the signal is dc balanced by
using the same number of ones and zeros across multiple symbols.
The 8-bit/10-bit interface has options that can be controlled via the
SPI. These operations include bypass and invert. These options
are troubleshooting tools for the verification of the digital front end
(DFE). See the Memory Map section, Register 0x0572, Bits[2:1] for
information on configuring the 8-bit/10-bit encoder.
Figure 107. Digital Outputs Jitter Histogram, External 100 Ω Terminations at
16 Gbps
PHYSICAL LAYER (DRIVER) OUTPUTS
Digital Outputs, Timing, and Controls
The AD9699 physical layer consists of drivers that are defined in
the JEDEC Standard JESD204B, July 2011. The differential digital
outputs are powered up by default. The drivers use a dynamic
100 Ω internal termination to reduce unwanted reflections.
Figure 108. Digital Outputs Bathtub Curve, External 100 Ω Terminations at 16
Gbps
Place a 100 Ω differential termination resistor at each receiver input
to result in a nominal 0.85 × DRVDD1 V p-p swing at the receiver.
The swing is adjustable through the SPI registers. AC coupling is
recommended to connect to the receiver. See the Memory Map
section (Register 0x05C0 to Register 0x05C3) for more details.
De-Emphasis
De-emphasis enables the receiver eye diagram mask to be met
in conditions where the interconnect insertion loss does not meet
the JESD204B specification. Use the de-emphasis feature only
when the receiver is unable to recover the clock due to excessive
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 59 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
insertion loss. Under normal conditions, it is disabled to conserve
power. Additionally, enabling and setting too high a de-emphasis
value on a short link can cause the receiver eye diagram to fail.
Use the de-emphasis setting with caution because it can increase
electromagnetic interference (EMI). See the Memory Map section
(Register 0x05C4 to Register 0x05CB) for more details.
► L = 4
► M = 1
► F = 2
► S = 4
► N’ = 16
► N = 16
► CS = 0
► CF = 0
► HD = 0
Phase-Locked Loop (PLL)
The PLL generates the serializer clock, which operates at the
JESD204B lane rate. The status of the PLL lock can be checked in
the PLL locked status bit (Register 0x056F, Bit 7). This read only bit
notifies the user if the PLL achieved a lock for the specific setup.
Register 0x056F also has a loss of lock (LOL) sticky bit (Bit 3) that
notifies the user that a loss of lock is detected. The sticky bit can
be reset by issuing a JESD204B link restart (Register 0x0571 =
0x15, followed by Register 0x0571 = 0x14). Refer to Table 30 for
the reinitialization of the link following a link power cycle.
In fS × 4 mode, five 12-bit ADC samples (along with an extra 4 bits)
are packed into four 16-bit JESD204B samples to create a 64-bit
frame.
The following SPI writes are necessary to place the device in fS × 4
mode:
► Register 0x0570 = 0xFD. This setting places the device in M = 1,
L = 4, fS × 4 mode.
► Register 0x058F = 0x0F. This setting places the device CS = 0,
N’ = 16 mode.
The JESD204B lane rate control, Bits[7:4] of Register 0x056E, must
be set to correspond with the lane rate. Table 29 shows the lane
rates supported by the AD9699 using Register 0x056E.
► Register 0x0590 = 0x2F. This setting places the device in Sub-
class 1 mode, N = 16.
Table 29. AD9699 Register 0x056E Supported Lane Rates
Value
Lane Rate
► Register 0x56E must be set based on lane rate. For example, at
3 GSPS, the lane rate in fS × 4 mode is 12 Gbps. Register 0x56E
= 0x00.
► The lane rate of fS × 4 mode can be calculated using the
following equation.
0x00
0x10
0x30
0x50
Lane rate = 6.75 Gbps to 13.5 Gbps
Lane rate = 3.375 Gbps to 6.75 Gbps
Lane rate = 13.5 Gbps to 15.5 Gbps (default for AD9699)
Lane rate = 1.6875 Gbps to 3.375 Gbps
FS × 4 MODE
10
8
M × N′ ×
× f
S
Lane Rate fS × 4 mode =
×
L
fS × 4 mode adds a separate packing mode on top of a JESD204B
transmitter/receiver to fix the serial lane rate at four times the
sample rate (fS).
data packing ratio
The JESD204B link settings are
where fS × 4 data packing ratio = 4/5
► L = 4
► M = 1
► F = 2
► S = 5
► N’ = 12
► N = 12
► CS = 0
► CF = 2
► HD = 1
In the AD9699, M = 1 and N‘ = 16
Lane Rate (fS × 4 mode) = 1 × 16 × (10/8) × fS × 4/5/L = fS × 16/L
For example:
fS = 3 GSPS, L = 4
Lane Rate = 3 × 16/4 = 12 Gbps
The transmit architecture of fS × 4 mode is shown in Figure 109 and
the receive portion is shown in Figure 110. fS × 4 mode only works
in full bandwidth mode (Register 0x0200 = 0x00).
However, CF = 2 is not supported by the design. Therefore, the
following link parameters are used along with separate packing:
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 60 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Figure 109. fS × 4 Mode (Transmit)
Figure 110. fS × 4 Mode (Receive)
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 61 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
If the internal DDCs are used for on-chip digital processing, M
SETTING UP THE AD9699 DIGITAL INTERFACE
represents the number of virtual converters. The virtual converter
mapping setup is shown in Figure 76.
To ensure proper operation of the AD9699 at startup, some SPI
writes are required to initialize the link. Additionally, these registers
must be written every time the ADC is reset. Any one of the
following resets warrants the initialization routine for the digital
interface:
The maximum lane rate allowed by the AD9699 is 16 Gbps. The
lane rate is related to the JESD204B parameters using the following
equation:
10
8
L
► Hard reset, as with power-up.
► Power-up using the PDWN pin.
M × N′ ×
× f
OUT
Lane Rate =
► Power-up using the SPI via Register 0x0002, Bits[1:0].
► SPI soft reset by setting Register 0x0000 = 0x81.
► Datapath soft reset by setting Register 0x0001 = 0x02.
► JESD204B link power cycle by setting Register 0x0571 = 0x15,
then 0x14.
f
ADC_CLOCK
where fOUT
=
Decimation Ratio
The decimation ratio (DCM) is the parameter programmed in Regis-
ter 0x201.
Use the following procedure to configure the output:
The initialization SPI writes are as shown in Table 30.
1. Power down the link.
Table 30. AD9699 JESD204B Initialization
2. Select the JESD204B link configuration options.
3. Configure the detailed options.
4. Set output lane mapping (optional).
5. Set additional driver configuration options (optional).
6. Power up the link.
Register
Value
Comment
0x1228
0x1228
0x1222
0x1222
0x1222
0x1262
0x1262
0x4F
0x0F
0x00
0x04
0x00
0x08
0x00
Reset JESD204B start-up circuit
JESD204B start-up circuit in normal operation
JESD204B PLL force normal operation
Reset JESD204B PLL calibration
JESD204B PLL normal operation
Clear loss of lock bit
7. Initialize the JESD204B link by issuing the commands descri-
bed in Table 30.
If the lane rate calculated is less than 6.25 Gbps, select the low
lane rate option by programming a value of 0x10 to Regis-
ter 0x056E.
Loss of lock bit normal operation
The AD9699 has one JESD204B link. The serial outputs (SERD-
OUT0± to SERDOUT7±) are considered to be part of one
JESD204B link. The basic parameters that determine the link setup
are
Table 31, Table 32, and Table 33 show the JESD204B output con-
figurations supported for N΄ = 16, N' = 12, and N΄ = 8, respectively,
for a given number of virtual converters. Take care to ensure that
the serial lane rate for a given configuration is within the supported
range of 3.4 Gbps to 16 Gbps.
► Number of lanes per link (L)
► Number of converters per link (M)
► Number of octets per frame (F)
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 62 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Table 31. JESD204B Output Configurations for N΄ = 161
Number of
Virtual
Supported Decimation Rates
JESD204B Transport Layer Settings3
Converters
Supported
(Same as M)
JESD204B Lane Rate =
Serial Lane 1.7 Gbps to
Lane Rate =
3.4 Gbps to
6.8 Gbps
Lane Rate =
6.8 Gbps to
13.6 Gbps
Lane Rate =
13.6 Gbps to
15.5 Gbps
Rate2
3.4 Gbps
L
M
F
S
HD
N
N'
CS
K
1
20 × fOUT
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
20, 24 10, 12
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
1
1
2
1
0
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
0 to See
3
Note 4
20 × fOUT
10 × fOUT
10 × fOUT
5 × fOUT
1, 2, 3, 4
1
2
2
4
4
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
1
2
1
2
1
2
4
2
1
2
2
4
4
8
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0 to See
20, 24
10, 12
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,
10, 12
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1, 2
1
0 to See
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,
10, 12
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1, 2, 3, 4
0 to See
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1, 2
1
0 to See
3
Note4
5 × fOUT
1
0 to See
3
Note4
2.5 × fOUT
2.5 × fOUT
40 × fOUT
0 to See
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1
0 to See
3
Note4
2
4, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10,
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
10, 12, 15, 16
0 to See
20, 24, 30, 40, 48
12, 15, 16, 20,
24, 30
3
Note4
40 × fOUT
4, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10,
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
10, 12, 15, 16
1
2
8
2
0
8 to 16 16
0 to See
3
20, 24, 30, 40, 48
12, 15, 16, 20,
24, 30
Note4
20 × fOUT
20 × fOUT
10 × fOUT
10 × fOUT
5 × fOUT
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
15, 16, 20, 24, 30 10, 12, 15, 16
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
2
2
4
4
8
8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
4
0
0
1
0
1
0
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
0 to See
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4
0 to See
15, 16, 20, 24, 30
10, 12, 15, 16
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,
10, 12, 15, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1
0 to See
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,
10, 12, 15, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
0 to See
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
0 to See
3
Note4>
5 × fOUT
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1
0 to See
3
Note4
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 63 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Table 31. JESD204B Output Configurations for N΄ = 161
Number of
Virtual
Supported Decimation Rates
JESD204B Transport Layer Settings3
Converters
Supported
(Same as M)
JESD204B Lane Rate =
Serial Lane 1.7 Gbps to
Lane Rate =
3.4 Gbps to
6.8 Gbps
Lane Rate =
6.8 Gbps to
13.6 Gbps
Lane Rate =
13.6 Gbps to
15.5 Gbps
Rate2
3.4 Gbps
L
M
F
S
HD
N
N'
CS
K
4
80 × fOUT
8, 16, 20, 24, 30,
40, 48
4, 8, 10, 12, 16,
20, 24, 30, 40, 48 16, 20, 24, 30
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,
1
4
8
1
0
8 to 16 16
0 to See
3
12, 16
Note4
40 × fOUT
40 × fOUT
4, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10,
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
10, 12, 15, 16
2
2
4
4
4
8
1
2
0
0
8 to 16 16
0 to See
3
20, 24, 30, 40, 48
12, 15, 16, 20,
24, 30
Note4
4, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10,
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
10, 12, 15, 16
8 to 16 16
0 to See
20, 24, 30, 40, 48
12, 15, 16, 20,
24, 30
3
Note4
20 × fOUT
20 × fOUT
10 × fOUT
10 × fOUT
160 × fOUT
80 × fOUT
40 × fOUT
40 × fOUT
20 × fOUT
20 × fOUT
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
15, 16, 20, 24, 30 10, 12, 15, 16
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
4
4
8
8
1
2
4
4
8
8
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
2
4
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
8 to 16 16
0 to See
3
Note4
0 to See
15, 16, 20, 24, 30
10, 12, 15, 16
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,
10, 12, 15, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1
0 to See
3
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,
10, 12, 15, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
1, 2
2
0 to See
3
Note4
8
16, 40, 48
8, 16, 20, 24, 40, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20,
4, 8, 12, 16, 20,
24
16
8
0 to See
48
24, 40, 48
3
Note4
8, 16, 20, 24, 40,
48
4, 8, 10, 12, 16,
20, 24, 40, 48
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,
16, 20, 24 12, 16
0 to See
3
Note4
4, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8
24, 40, 48 16, 20, 24 16
4, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8
4
0 to See
3
Note4
8
0 to See
24, 40, 48
16, 20, 24
16
3
Note4
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
16, 20, 24
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8
16
2, 4
2, 4
2
0 to See
3
Note4
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
16, 20, 24
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8
16
4
0 to See
3
Note4
1
Due to the internal clock requirements, only certain decimation rates are supported for certain link parameters.
2
fADC_CLK is the ADC sample rate, DCM = chip decimation ratio, fOUT is the output sample rate = fADC_CLK/DCM, SLR is the JESD204B serial lane rate. The following
equations must be met due to internal clock divider requirements: SLR ≥ 1.6875 Gbps and SLR ≤ 15.5 Gbps, SLR/40 ≤ fADC_CLK, least common multiple (20 × DCM ×
fOUT/SLR, DCM) ≤ 64. When the SLR is ≤ 15500 Mbps and > 13500 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x30. When the SLR is ≤ 13500 Mbps and ≥ 6750 Mbps,
Register 0x056E must be set to 0x00. When the SLR is < 6750 Mbps and ≥ 3375 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x10. When the SLR is < 3375 Mbps and ≥ 1687.5
Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x50.
3
4
JESD204B transport layer descriptions are as follows: L is the number of lanes per converter device (lanes per link), M is the number of virtual converters per converter
device (virtual converters per link), F is the octets per frame, S is the samples transmitted per virtual converter per frame cycle, HD is the high density mode, N is the virtual
converter resolution (in bits), N' is the total number of bits per sample (JESD204B word size), CS is the number of control bits per conversion sample, and K is the number
of frames per multiframe.
Only valid K × F values that are divisible by 4 are supported: for F = 1, K = 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 2, K = 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 4, K = 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F =
8, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, and for F = 16, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 64 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Table 32. JESD204B Output Configurations (N' = 12)1
Number of
Virtual
Supported Decimation Rates
JESD204B Transport Layer Settings3
Converters
Supported
(Same Value as Lane
JESD204B
Serial
Lane Rate =
1.7 Gbps to
3.4 Gbps
Lane Rate =
3.4 Gbps to
6.8 Gbps
Lane Rate =
6.8 Gbps to
13.5 Gbps
Lane Rate =
13.5 Gbps
to 15.5 Gbps
M)
Rate2
L
M
F
S
HD
N
N'
12
CS
K
1
15 × fOUT
7.5 × fOUT
7.5 × fOUT
5 × fOUT
3, 6, 12
3, 6
3, 6, 12
3, 6
3, 6
3
1
1
3
2
0
8 to 12
8 to 12
8 to 12
8 to 12
8 to 12
8 to 12
8 to 12
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
See Note 4
See Note4
See Note4
See Note4
See Note4
See Note4
See Note4
2
2
3
1
2
3
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
6
1
3
3
1
4
8
2
1
2
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
12
12
12
12
12
12
3, 6
3, 6
3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
3, 6, 12
3, 6
1
2
4
30 × fOUT
15 × fOUT
10 × fOUT
3, 6, 12, 24
3, 6, 12
3, 6, 12, 24
3, 6, 12
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8, 10, 12, 16
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
7.5 × fOUT
60 × fOUT
30 × fOUT
20 × fOUT
3, 6
3, 6
3
4
1
2
3
2
4
4
4
3
6
3
2
4
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
8 to 12
8 to 12
8 to 12
8 to 12
12
12
12
12
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
See Note4
See Note4
See Note4
See Note4
6, 12, 24, 48
3, 6, 12, 24
3, 6, 12, 24, 48
3, 6, 12, 24
3, 6, 12, 24
3, 6, 12
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
12, 16, 20, 24
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
8, 10, 12, 16
15 × fOUT
60 × fOUT
30 × fOUT
3, 6, 12
3, 6, 12
3, 6
4
2
4
4
8
8
3
6
3
2
1
1
0
0
0
8 to 12
8 to 12
8 to 12
12
12
12
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
See Note4
See Note4
See Note4
8
6, 12, 24, 48
6, 12, 24
6, 12, 24, 48
6, 12, 24
6, 12, 24
6, 12
1
Due to the internal clock requirements, only certain decimation rates are supported for certain link parameters.
2
fADC_CLK is the ADC sample rate, DCM is the chip decimation ratio, fOUT is the output sample rate = fADC_CLK/DCM, SLR is the JESD204B serial lane rate. The following
equations must be met due to internal clock divider requirements: SLR ≥ 1.6875 Gbps and SLR ≤ 15.5 Gbps, SLR/40 ≤ fADC_CLK, least common multiple (20 × DCM ×
fOUT/SLR, DCM) ≤ 64. When the SLR is ≤ 15500 Mbps and > 13500 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x30. When the SLR is ≤ 13500 Mbps and ≥ 6750 Mbps,
Register 0x056E must be set to 0x00. When the SLR is < 6750 Mbps and ≥ 3375 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x10. When the SLR is < 3375 Mbps and ≥ 1687.5
Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x50.
3
4
JESD204B transport layer descriptions are as follows: L is the number of lanes per converter device (lanes per link), M is the number of virtual converters per converter
device (virtual converters per link), F is the octets per frame, S is the samples transmitted per virtual converter per frame cycle, HD is the high density mode, N is the virtual
converter resolution (in bits), N' is the total number of bits per sample (JESD204B word size), CS is the number of control bits per conversion sample, and K is the number
of frames per multiframe.
Only valid K × F values that are divisible by 4 are supported: for F = 1, K = 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 2, K = 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 4, K = 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F =
8, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, and for F = 16, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 65 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Table 33. JESD204B Output Configurations for N΄ = 8 1
Number of
Virtual
Supported Decimation Rates
JESD204B Transport Layer Settings3
Converters
Supported
(Same Value as Lane
JESD204B
Serial
Lane Rate =
1.7 Gbps to
3.4 Gbps
Lane Rate =
3.4 Gbps to
6.8 Gbps
Lane Rate =
6.8 Gbps to
13.5 Gbps
Lane Rate =
13.5 Gbps to
15.5 Gbps
M)
Rate2
L
M
F
S
HD
N
N'
CS
K
1
10 × fOUT
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8, 10, 12
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4
8
1, 2
1, 2
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7 to 8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
0 to 1
See Note
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
10 × fOUT
5 × fOUT
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8, 10, 12
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4
8
2
1
2
4
1
2
2
2
2
4
8
4
8
1
7 to 8
7 to 8
7 to 8
7 to 8
7 to 8
7 to 8
7 to 8
0 to 1
0 to 1
0 to 1
0 to 1
0 to 1
0 to 1
0 to 1
See
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1
See
Note4
5 × fOUT
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8
1
See
Note4
5 × fOUT
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8
1
See
Note4
2.5 × fOUT
2.5 × fOUT
20 × fOUT
1, 2, 3, 4
See
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1
See
Note4
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4
12, 15, 16, 20,
24, 30
See
8, 10, 12, 15,
16
8
Note4
2
2
10 × fOUT
10 × fOUT
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8, 10, 12, 15,
16
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4
8
1, 2
1, 2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
0
0
7 to 8
7 to 8
8
8
0 to 1
0 to 1
See
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8, 10, 12, 15,
16
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4
8
See
Note4
2
2
2
5 × fOUT
5 × fOUT
5 × fOUT
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1
1
1
4
4
4
2
2
2
1
2
4
2
4
8
0
0
0
7 to 8
7 to 8
7 to 8
8
8
8
0 to 1
0 to 1
0 to 1
See
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8
See
Note4
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
8
See
Note4
1
Due to the internal clock requirements, only certain decimation rates are supported for certain link parameters.
2
fADC_CLK is the ADC sample rate, DCM is the chip decimation ratio, fOUT is the output sample rate = fADC_CLK/DCM, SLR is the JESD204B serial lane rate. The following
equations must be met due to internal clock divider requirements: SLR ≥ 1.6875 Gbps and SLR ≤ 15.5 Gbps, SLR/40 ≤ fADC_CLK, least common multiple (20 × DCM ×
fOUT/SLR, DCM) ≤ 64. When the SLR is ≤ 15500 Mbps and > 13500 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x30. When the SLR is ≤ 13500 Mbps and ≥ 6750 Mbps,
Register 0x056E must be set to 0x00. When the SLR is < 6750 Mbps and ≥ 3375 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x10. When the SLR is < 3375 Mbps and ≥ 1687.5
Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x50.
3
4
JESD204B transport layer descriptions are as follows: L is the number of lanes per converter device (lanes per link), M is the number of virtual converters per converter
device (virtual converters per link), F is the octets per frame, S is the samples transmitted per virtual converter per frame cycle, HD is the high density mode, N is the virtual
converter resolution (in bits), N' is the total number of bits per sample (JESD204B word size), CS is the number of control bits per conversion sample, and K is the number
of frames per multiframe.
Only valid K × F values that are divisible by 4 are supported: for F = 1, K = 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 2, K = 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 4, K = 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F =
8, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, and for F = 16, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 66 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Example 1—Full Bandwidth Mode
Example 2—ADC with DDC Option (One ADCs
Plus Two DDCs)
Figure 112. One ADCs Plus Two DDCs Mode (L = 2, M = 4, F = 4, S = 1)
This example shows the flexibility in the digital and lane configu-
rations for theAD9699. The sample rate is 3 GSPS. However,
the outputs are all combined in either two or four lanes, depending
on the input/output speed capability of the receiving device.
Figure 111. Full Bandwidth Mode
The AD9699 is set up as shown in Figure 111, with the following
configurations:
The AD9699 is set up as shown in Figure 112, with the following
configurations:
► One 14-bit converter at 3 GSPS.
► Full bandwidth application layer mode.
► Decimation filters bypassed.
► One 14-bit converters at 3 GSPS.
► Two DDC application layer mode with complex outputs (I/Q).
► Chip decimation ratio = 8.
The JESD204B output configuration is as follows:
► DDC decimation ratio = 8 (see Table 44).
► One virtual converter required (see Table 31).
► Output sample rate (fOUT) = 3000/1 = 3000 MSPS.
The JESD204B output configuration is as follows:
► Four virtual converters required (see Table 31).
► Output sample rate (fOUT) = 3000/8 = 375 MSPS.
The JESD204B supported output configurations are as follows (see
Table 31):
The JESD204B supported output configurations are as follows (see
Table 31):
► N΄ = 16 bits.
► N = 14 bits.
► L = 4, M = 1, and F = 1.
► CS = 0.
► N΄ = 16 bits.
► N = 14 bits .
► L = 2, M = 4, and F = 4, or L = 4, M = 4, and F = 2.
► CS = 0.
► K = 32.
► K = 32.
► Output serial lane rate = 15 Gbps per lane.
► The PLL control register, Register 0x056E, is set to 0x30.
► Output serial lane rate = 15 Gbps per lane (L = 2) or 7.5 Gbps
per lane (L = 4).
For L = 2, set the PLL control register, Register 0x056E, to 0x30.
For L = 4, set the PLL control register, Register 0x056E, to 0x00.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 67 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DETERMINISTIC LATENCY
Both ends of the JESD204B link contain various clock domains
distributed throughout each system. Data traversing from one clock
domain to a different clock domain can lead to ambiguous delays
in the JESD204B link. These ambiguities lead to non-repeatable
latencies across the link from one power cycle or link reset to the
next. Section 6 of the JESD204B specification addresses the issue
of deterministic latency with mechanisms defined as Subclass 1
and Subclass 2.
Figure 113. SYSREF and LMFC
Setting Deterministic Latency Registers
The AD9699 supports JESD204B Subclass 0 and Subclass 1
operation. Register 0x0590, Bits[7:5] set the subclass mode for
the AD9699 and its default is set for Subclass 1 operating mode
(Register 0x0590, Bit 5 = 1). If deterministic latency is not a
system requirement, Subclass 0 operation is recommended and the
SYSREF signal may not be required. Even in Subclass 0 mode, the
SYSREF signal may be required in an application where multiple
AD9699 devices must be synchronized with each other. This topic
is addressed in the Timestamp Mode section.
The JESD204B receiver in the logic device buffers data starting
on the LMFC boundary. If the total link latency in the system is
near an integer multiple of the LMFC period, it is possible that from
one power cycle to the next, the data arrival time at the receive
buffer may straddle an LMFC boundary. To ensure deterministic
latency in this case, a phase adjustment of the LMFC at either the
transmitter or receiver must be performed. Typically, adjustments
to accommodate the receive buffer are made to the LMFC of the
receiver. Alternatively, this adjustment can be made in the AD9699
using the LMFC offset register (Register 0x0578, Bits[4:0]). This
delays the LMFC in frame clock increments, depending on the F
parameter (number of octets per lane per frame). For F = 1, every
fourth setting (0, 4, 8, and so on) is valid and results in a four
frame clock shift. For F = 2, every other setting (0, 2, 4, and so
on) is valid and results in a two frame clock shift. For all other
values of F, each setting results in a one frame clock shift. Figure
114 shows that, when the link latency is near an LMFC boundary,
the local LMFC of the AD9699 can be adjusted to delay the data
arrival time at the receiver. Figure 115 shows how the LMFC of
the receiver is delayed to accommodate the receive buffer timing.
Consult the applicable JESD204B receiver user guide for details
on making this adjustment. If the total latency in the system is not
near an integer multiple of the LMFC period or if the appropriate
adjustments have been made to the LMFC phase at the clock
source, it is still possible to have variable latency from one power
cycle to the next. By design, the AD9699 has circuitry in place to
minimize this variation from power-up to power-up. In this case, the
user must check for the possibility that the setup and hold time
requirements for the SYSREF signal are not being met, by reading
the SYSREF setup/hold monitor register (Register 0x0128). This
function is described in the SYSREF± Setup/Hold Window Monitor
section.
SUBCLASS 0 OPERATION
If there is no requirement for multichip synchronization while operat-
ing in Subclass 0 mode (Register 0x0590, Bits[7:5]= 0),
the SYSREF input can be left disconnected. In this mode, the
relationship of the JESD204B clocks between the JESD204B trans-
mitter and receiver are arbitrary but does not affect the ability of the
receiver to capture and align the lanes within the link.
SUBCLASS 1 OPERATION
The JESD204B protocol organizes data samples into octets,
frames, and multiframes as described in the Transport Layer
section. The LMFC is synchronous with the beginnings of these
multiframes. In Subclass 1 operation, the SYSREF is used to
synchronize the LMFCs for each device in a link or across multiple
links (within the AD9699, SYSREF also synchronizes the internal
sample dividers), as shown in Figure 113. The JESD204B receiver
uses the multiframe boundaries and buffering to achieve consistent
latency across lanes (or even multiple devices), and also to achieve
a fixed latency between power cycles and link reset conditions.
Deterministic Latency Requirements
Several key factors are required for achieving deterministic latency
in a JESD204B Subclass 1 system.
If reading Register 0x0128 indicates there may be a timing prob-
lem, there are a few adjustments that can made in the AD9699.
Changing the SYSREF level that is used for alignment is possible
using the SYSREF transition select bit (Register 0x0120, Bit 4).
Also, changing which edge of CLK is used to capture SYSREF
can be done using the CLK edge select bit (Register 0x0120, Bit
3). Both of these options are described in the SYSREF Control
Features section. If neither of these measures helps to achieve an
acceptable setup and hold time, adjusting the phase of SYSREF
and/or the device clock (CLK±) may be required.
► SYSREF± signal distribution skew within the system must be
less than the desired uncertainty for the system.
► SYSREF± setup and hold time requirements must be met for
each device in the system.
► The total latency variation across all lanes, links, and devices
must be ≤1 LMFC periods (see Figure 113). This includes both
variable delays and the variation in fixed delays from lane to
lane, link to link, and device to device in the system.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 68 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
DETERMINISTIC LATENCY
Figure 114. Adjusting the JESD204B Tx LMFC in the AD9699
Figure 115. Adjusting the JESD204B Rx LMFC in the Logic Device
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 69 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION
The flowchart in Figure 117 shows the internal mechanism for
multichip synchronization in the AD9699. There are two methods
by which multichip synchronization can take place, as determined
by the chip synchronization mode bit (Register 0x01FF, Bit 0). Each
method involves different applications of the SYSREF signal.
0x01FF, Bit 0) is set to 1, the timestamp method is used for
synchronization of multiple channels and/or devices. In this mode,
SYSREF resets the sample dividers and the JESD204B clocking.
When the chip sync mode is set to 1, the clocks are not reset.
Instead, the coinciding sample is timestamped using the JESD204B
control bits of that sample. To operate in timestamp mode, these
additional settings are necessary:
NORMAL MODE
The default state of the chip synchronization mode bit is 0,
► Continuous or N-shot SYSREF must be enabled (Regis-
ter 0x0120, Bits[2:1] = 1 or 2).
► At least one control bit must be enabled (Register 0x058F,
Bits[7:6] = 1, 2, or 3).
► Set the function for one of the control bits to SYSREF:
► Register 0x0559, Bits[3:0] = 5 if using Control Bit 0.
► Register 0x0559, Bits[7:4] = 5 if using Control Bit 1.
► Register 0x055A, Bits[3:0] = 5 if using Control Bit 2.
which configures the AD9699 for normal chip synchronization. The
JESD204B standard specifies the use of SYSREF to provide for
deterministic latency within a single link. This same concept, when
applied to a system with multiple converters and logic devices
can also provide multichip synchronization. In Figure 117, this is
referred to as normal mode. Following the process in the flowchart
ensures that the AD9699 is configured appropriately. The user must
also consult the logic devices user intellectual property (IP) guide to
ensure that the JESD204B receivers are configured appropriately.
Figure 116 shows how the input sample coincident with SYSREF
is timestamped and ultimately output of the ADC. In this example,
there are two control bits, and Control Bit 0 is the bit indicating
which sample was coincident with the SYSREF rising edge. Note
that the pipeline latencies for each channel are identical. If so
desired, the SYSREF timestamp delay register (Register 0x0123)
can be used to adjust the timing of which sample is time stamped.
TIMESTAMP MODE
For all AD9699 full bandwidth operating modes, the SYSREF input
can also be used to timestamp samples. This is another method by
which multiple channels and multiple devices can achieve synchro-
nization. This method is especially effective when synchronizing
multiple devices to one or more logic devices. The logic devices
buffer the data streams, identify the timestamped samples, and
align them. When the chip synchronization mode bit (Register
Note that time stamping is not supported by any AD9699 operating
modes that use decimation, or in fS × 4 mode.
Figure 116. AD9699 Timestamping Example—CS = 2 (Register 0x058F, Bits[7:6] = 2), Control Bit 0 is SYSREF (Register 0x0559, Bits[3:0] = 5)
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 70 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION
Figure 117. SYSREF Capture Scenarios and Multichip Synchronization
to divide by 8, the minimum pulse width is 16 CLK± cycles). When
using a continuous SYSREF signal (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1] = 1),
the period of the SYSREF signal must be an integer multiple of the
LMFC. LMFC can be derived using the following formula:
SYSREF INPUT
The SYSREF input signal is used as a high accuracy system
reference for deterministic latency and multichip synchronization.
The AD9699 accepts a single-shot or periodic input signal. The
SYSREF mode select bits (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1]) select the
input signal type and also arm the SYSREF state machine when
set. If in single- (or N) shot mode (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1] = 2),
the SYSREF mode select bit self clears after the appropriate SYS-
REF transition is detected. The pulse width must have a minimum
width of two CLK± periods. If the clock divider (Register 0x010B,
Bits[3:0]) is set to a value other than divide by 1, multiply this
minimum pulse width requirement by the divide ratio (that is, if set
LMFC = ADC Clock/(S × K)
where:
S is the JESD204B parameter for number of samples per converter.
K is the number of frames per multiframe.
The input clock divider, DDCs, signal monitor block, and JESD204B
link are all synchronized using the SYSREF± input when in normal
synchronization mode (Register 0x01FF, Bit 0 = 0). The SYSREF±
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 71 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION
input can also be used to timestamp an ADC sample to provide a
mechanism for synchronizing multiple AD9699 devices in a system.
For the highest level of timing accuracy, SYSREF± must meet
setup and hold requirements relative to the CLK± input. There
are several features in the AD9699 that can be used to ensure
these requirements are met. These features are described in the
SYSREF Control Features section.
Figure 119. SYSREF Low to High Transition Using Falling Edge Clock
Capture (Register 0x0120, Bit 4 = 1’b0, Register 0x0120, Bit 3 = 1’b1)
SYSREF Control Features
SYSREF is used, along with the input clock (CLK), as part of a
source-synchronous timing interface and requires setup and hold
timing requirements of −65 ps and 95 ps relative to the input clock
(see Figure 118). The AD9699 has several features that aid users
in meeting these requirements. First, the SYSREF sample event
can be defined as either a synchronous low to high transition or
synchronous high to low transition. Second, the AD9699 allows the
SYSREF signal to be sampled using either the rising edge or falling
edge of the input clock. Figure 118, Figure 119, Figure 120, and
Figure 121 show all four possible combinations.
Figure 120. SYSREF High to Low Transition Using Rising Edge Clock
Capture (Register 0x0120, Bit 4 = 1’b1, Register 0x0120, Bit 3 = 1’b0)
The third SYSREF related feature available is the ability to ignore a
programmable number (up to 16) of SYSREF events. The AD9699
is able to ignore N SYSREF events (note that the SYSREF ignore
feature is enabled by setting the SYSREF mode register (Register
0x0120, Bits[2:1]) to 2'b10, which is labeled as N-shot mode). This
feature is useful for handling periodic SYSREF signals, which need
time to settle after startup. Ignoring SYSREF until the clocks in
the system have settled can avoid an inaccurate SYSREF trigger.
Figure 122 shows an example of the SYSREF ignore feature when
ignoring three SYSREF events.
Figure 121. SYSREF High to Low Transition Using Falling Edge Clock
Capture (Register 0x0120, Bit 4 = 1’b1, Register 0x0120, Bit 3 = 1’b1)
Figure 118. SYSREF Setup and Hold Time Requirements—SYSREF Low to
High Transition Using Rising Edge Clock (Default)
Figure 122. SYSREF Ignore Example (SYSREF Ignore Count, Register 0x0121, Bits[3:0] = 3)
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 72 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION
Figure 123. SYSREF Skew Window
When in continuous SYSREF mode (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1] =
1), the AD9699 monitors the placement of the SYSREF leading
edge compared to the internal LMFC. If the SYSREF is captured
with a clock edge other than the one that is aligned with LMFC,
the AD9699 initiates a resynchronization of the link. Because input
clock rates for AD9699 can be up to 4 GHz, the AD9699 provides
another SYSREF related feature that makes it possible to accom-
modate periodic SYSREF signals where cycle accurate capture is
not feasible or not required. For these scenarios, the AD9699 has
a programmable SYSREF skew window that allows the internal
dividers to remain undisturbed unless SYSREF occurs outside the
skew window. The resolution of the SYSREF skew window is set
in sample clock cycles. If the SYSREF negative skew window is
1 and the positive skew window is 1, the total skew window is
±1 sample clock cycles, meaning that, as long as SYSREF is
captured within ±1 sample clock cycle of the clock that is aligned
with LMFC, the link continues to operate normally. If the SYSREF
has jitter, which can cause a misalignment between SYSREF and
LMFC, this feature allows the system to continue running without
a resynchronization, while still allowing the device to monitor for
larger errors not caused by jitter. For the AD9699, the positive
and negative skew window is controlled by the SYSREF window
negative register (Register 0x0122, Bits[3:2]) and SYSREF window
positive register (Register 0x0122, Bits[1:0]). Figure 123 shows
information on the location of the skew window settings relative
to Phase 0 of the internal dividers. Negative skew is defined as
occurring before the internal dividers reach Phase 0, and positive
skew is defined after the internal dividers reach Phase 0.
SYSREF± SETUP/HOLD WINDOW MONITOR
To ensure a valid SYSREF signal capture, the AD9699 has a SYS-
REF± setup/hold window monitor. This feature allows the system
designer to determine the location of the SYSREF± signals relative
to the CLK± signals by reading back the amount of setup/hold
margin on the interface through the memory map. Figure 124 and
Figure 125 show the setup and hold status values for different
phases of SYSREF±. The setup detector returns the status of the
SYSREF± signal before the CLK± edge, and the hold detector
returns the status of the SYSREF signal after the CLK± edge.
Register 0x0128 stores the status of SYSREF± and notifies the
user if the SYSREF± signal is captured by the ADC.
Table 34 shows the description of the contents of Register 0x0128
and how to interpret them.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 73 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION
Figure 124. SYSREF± Setup Detector
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 74 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION
Figure 125. SYSREF± Hold Detector
Table 34. SYSREF± Setup/Hold Monitor, Register 0x0128
Register 0x0128, Bits[7:4]
Hold Status
Register 0x0128, Bits[3:0]
Setup Status
Description
0x0
0x0 to 0x7
0x8
Possible setup error. The smaller this number, the smaller the setup margin.
0x0 to 0x8
0x8
No setup or hold error (best hold margin).
0x9 to 0xF
0x0
No setup or hold error (best setup and hold margin).
No setup or hold error (best setup margin).
0x8
0x9 to 0xF
0x0
0x0
Possible hold error. The larger this number, the smaller the hold margin.
Possible setup or hold error.
0x0
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 75 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
LATENCY
END TO END TOTAL LATENCY
EXAMPLE LATENCY CALCULATIONS
Total latency in the AD9699 is dependent on the chip application
mode and the JESD204B configuration. For any given combination
of these parameters, the latency is deterministic, however, the
value of this deterministic latency must be calculated as described
in the Example Latency Calculations section.
Example Configuration 1 is as follows:
► ADC application mode = full bandwidth
► Real outputs
► L = 4, M = 1, F = 1, S = 2 (JESD204B mode)
► 20 × (M/L) = 5
Table 35 shows the combined latency through the ADC and DSP
for the different chip application modes supported by the AD9699.
Table 36 shows the latency through the JESD204B block for each
application mode based on the M/L ratio. For both tables, latency is
typical and is in units of the encode clock. The latency through the
JESD204B block does not depend on the output data type (real or
complex). Therefore, data type is not included in Table 36.
► Latency = 31 + 44 = 75 encode clocks
Example Configuration 2 is as follows:
► ADC application mode = DCM4
► Complex outputs
► L = 4, M = 2, F = 1, S = 1 (JESD204B mode)
► 20 × (M/L) = 10
To determine the total latency, select the appropriate ADC + DSP
latency from Table 35 and add it to the appropriate JESD204B
latency from Table 36. Example calculations are provided in the
Example Latency Calculations section.
► Latency = 162 + 88 = 250 encode clocks
LMFC REFERENCED LATENCY
Some FPGA vendors may require the end user to know LMFC-ref-
erenced latency to make appropriate deterministic latency adjust-
ments. If they are required, the latency values in Table 35 and Table
36 can be used for the analog input to LMFC and LMFC to data
output latency values, respectively.
Table 35. Latency Through the ADC + DSP Blocks (Number of Sample Clocks)1
Chip Application Mode
Enabled Filters
ADC + DSP Latency
Full Bandwidth
DCM1 (Real)
Not applicable
31
HB1
90
DCM2 (Complex)
DCM3 (Complex)
DCM2 (Real)
HB1
90
TB1
102
162
162
212
212
292
292
380
380
424
424
500
552
552
694
694
814
814
836
1420
1420
1594
HB2 + HB1
DCM4 (Complex)
DCM3 (Real)
HB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB1
DCM6 (Complex)
DCM4 (Real)
TB2 + HB1
HB3 +HB2 + HB1
HB3 +HB2 + HB1
FB2 + HB1
DCM8 (Complex)
DCM5 (Real)
DCM10 (Complex)
DCM6 (Real)
FB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + TB1
DCM12 (Complex)
DCM15 (Real)
DCM8 (Real)
HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + HB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
HB2 + FB2 + TB1
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
DCM16 (Complex)
DCM10 (Real)
DCM20 (Complex)
DCM12 (Real)
DCM24 (Complex)
DCM30 (Complex)
DCM20 (Real)
DCM40 (Complex)
DCM24 (Real)
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 76 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
LATENCY
Table 35. Latency Through the ADC + DSP Blocks (Number of Sample Clocks)1
Chip Application Mode
Enabled Filters
ADC + DSP Latency
DCM48 (Complex)
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1
1594
1
DCMx indicates the decimation ratio.
Table 36. Latency Through JESD204B Block (Number of Sample Clocks)1
M/L Ratio2
Chip Application Mode
0.125
0.25
0.5
1
2
4
8
Full Bandwidth
fS × 4 Mode
DCM1
82
44
25
14
7
9
3
N/A
82
46
N/A
25
N/A
14
N/A
7
N/A
N/A
7
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
9
44
DCM2
160
237
315
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
84
46
27
14
DCM3
124
164
2033
243
323
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
67
39
21
11
DCM4
88
50
623
27
433
14
DCM5
1093
130
172
213
255
3184
3394
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
21
N/A
14
DCM6
73
39
DCM8
96
50
27
18
DCM10
DCM12
DCM15
DCM16
DCM20
DCM24
DCM30
DCM40
DCM48
119
142
1764
1884
233
279
3484
N/A
N/A
62
33
22
73
39
27
904
964
119
142
1764
2334
2794
474
504
62
33 4
354
43
73
51
904
1194
1424
624
824
974
1
N/A means not applicable and indicates that the application mode is not supported at the M/L ratio listed.
The M/L ratio is the number of converters divided by the number of lanes for the configuration.
The application mode at the M/L ratio listed is only supported in real output mode.
2
3
4
The application mode at the M/L ratio listed is only supported in complex output mode.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 77 of 121
Data Sheet
TEST MODES
AD9699
If the application mode is set to select a DDC mode of operation,
the test modes must be enabled for each DDC enabled. The test
patterns can be enabled via Bit 0 of Register 0x0327, Register
0x0347, Register 0x0367, and Register 0x0387 depending on
which DDC(s) are selected. The (I) data uses the test patterns
selected, and the (Q) data does not output the test patterns.
ADC TEST MODES
The AD9699 has various test options that aid in the system level
implementation. The AD9699 has ADC test modes that are availa-
ble in Register 0x550. These test modes are described in Table 37.
When an output test mode is enabled, the analog section of the
ADC is disconnected from the digital back-end blocks, and the test
pattern is run through the output formatting block. Some of the test
patterns are subject to output formatting, and some are not. The PN
generators from the PN sequence tests can be reset by setting Bit
4 or Bit 5 of Register 0x0550. These tests can be performed with
or without an analog signal (if present, the analog signal is ignored).
However, these tests do require an encode clock.
Bit 0 of Register 0x0387 selects the Channel A test patterns to be
used for the (I) data.
For more information, see the AN-877 Application Note, Interfacing
to High Speed ADCs via SPI.
Table 37. ADC Test Modes
Output Test Mode
Default/
Bit Sequence
Pattern Name
Expression
Seed Value
Sample (N, N + 1, N + 2, …)
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
Off (default)
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
0x3AFF
Not applicable
Midscale short
0000 0000 0000
01 1111 1111 1111
10 0000 0000 0000
10 1010 1010 1010
x23 + x18 + 1
Not applicable
Positive full-scale short
Negative full-scale short
Checkerboard
Not applicable
Not applicable
0x1555, 0x2AAA, 0x1555, 0x2AAA, 0x1555
0x3FD7, 0x0002, 0x26E0, 0x0A3D, 0x1CA6
0x125B, 0x3C9A, 0x2660, 0x0c65, 0x0697
0x0000, 0x3FFF, 0x0000, 0x3FFF, 0x0000
PN sequence long
PN sequence short
One-/zero-word toggle
User input
x9 + x5 + 1
0x0092
11 1111 1111 1111
Not applicable
Not applicable
Register 0x0551 to
Register 0x0558
User Pattern 1[15:2], User Pattern 2[15:2], User Pattern
3[15:2], User Pattern 4[15:2], User Pattern 1[15:2] … for
repeat mode
User Pattern 1[15:2], User Pattern 2[15:2], User Pattern
3[15:2], User Pattern 4[15:2],
0x0000 … for single mode
(x) % 214, (x +1) % 214, (x +2) % 214, (x +3) % 214
1111
Ramp output
(x) % 214
Not applicable
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 78 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
TEST MODES
These tests are shown in Register 0x0571, Bit 5. The test pattern is
equivalent to the raw samples from the ADC.
JESD204B BLOCK TEST MODES
In addition to the ADC pipeline test modes, the AD9699 also has
flexible test modes in the JESD204B block. These test modes are
listed in Register 0x0573 and Register 0x0574. These test patterns
can be injected at various points along the output datapath. These
test injection points are shown in Figure 103. Table 38 describes
the various test modes available in the JESD204B block. For the
AD9699, a transition from test modes (Register 0x0573 ≠ 0x00) to
normal mode (Register 0x0573 = 0x00) requires an SPI soft reset.
This is done by writing 0x81 to Register 0x0000 (self cleared).
Interface Test Modes
The interface test modes are described in Register 0x0573,
Bits[3:0]. These test modes are also explained in Table 38. The
interface tests can be injected at various points along the data.
See Figure 103 for more information on the test injection points.
Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] show where these tests are injected.
Table 39, Table 40, and Table 41 show examples of some of the
test modes when injected at the JESD204B sample input, PHY
10-bit input, and scrambler 8-bit input. UPx in the tables represent
the user pattern control bits from the user register map.
Transport Layer Sample Test Mode
The transport layer samples are implemented in the AD9699 as
defined by Section 5.1.6.3 in the JEDEC JESD204B specification.
Table 38. JESD204B Interface Test Modes
Output Test Mode
Bit Sequence
Pattern Name
Expression
Default
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1110
1111
Off (default)
Not applicable
Not applicable
Alternating checker board
1/0 word toggle
0x5555, 0xAAAA, 0x5555, …
0x0000, 0xFFFF, 0x0000, …
x31 + x28 + 1
x23 + x18 + 1
x15 + x14 + 1
x9 + x5 + 1
x7 + x6 + 1
(x) % 216
Not applicable
Not applicable
31-bit PN sequence
23-bit PN sequence
15-bit PN sequence
9-bit PN sequence
7-bit PN sequence
Ramp output
0x0003AFFF
0x003AFF
0x03AF
0x092
0x07
Ramp size depends on test injection point
User Pattern 1 to User Pattern 4, then repeat
User Pattern 1 to User Pattern 4, then zeros
Continuous/repeat user test
Single user test
Register 0x0551 to Register 0x0558
Register 0x0551 to Register 0x0558
Table 39. JESD204B Sample Input for M = 2, S = 2, N' = 16 (Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] = 'b00)
Frame
Number
Converter
Number
Sample
Number
Alternating
Checkerboard
1/0 Word
Toggle
Ramp
PN9
PN23
User Repeat
User Single
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0x5555
0x5555
0x5555
0x5555
0xAAAA
0xAAAA
0xAAAA
0xAAAA
0x5555
0x5555
0x5555
0x5555
0xAAAA
0xAAAA
0xAAAA
0xAAAA
0x5555
0x5555
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0x0000
0x0000
(x) % 216
(x) % 216
(x) % 216
(x) % 216
0x496F
0x496F
0x496F
0x496F
0xC9A9
0xC9A9
0xC9A9
0xC9A9
0x980C
0x980C
0x980C
0x980C
0x651A
0x651A
0x651A
0x651A
0x5FD1
0x5FD1
0xFF5C
0xFF5C
0xFF5C
0xFF5C
0x0029
0x0029
0x0029
0x0029
0xB80A
0xB80A
0xB80A
0xB80A
0x3D72
0x3D72
0x3D72
0x3D72
0x9B26
0x9B26
UP1[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
UP2[15:0]
UP2[15:0]
UP2[15:0]
UP2[15:0]
UP3[15:0]
UP3[15:0]
UP3[15:0]
UP3[15:0]
UP4[15:0]
UP4[15:0]
UP4[15:0]
UP4[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
UP2[15:0]
UP2[15:0]
UP2[15:0]
UP2[15:0]
UP3[15:0]
UP3[15:0]
UP3[15:0]
UP3[15:0]
UP4[15:0]
UP4[15:0]
UP4[15:0]
UP4[15:0]
0x0000
(x +1) % 216
(x +1) % 216
(x +1) % 216
(x +1) % 216
(x +2) % 216
(x +2) % 216
(x +2) % 216
(x +2) % 216
(x +3) % 216
(x +3) % 216
(x +3) % 216
(x +3) % 216
(x +4) % 216
(x +4) % 216
0x0000
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 79 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
TEST MODES
Table 39. JESD204B Sample Input for M = 2, S = 2, N' = 16 (Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] = 'b00)
Frame
Number
Converter
Number
Sample
Number
Alternating
Checkerboard
1/0 Word
Toggle
Ramp
PN9
PN23
User Repeat
User Single
4
4
1
1
0
1
0x5555
0x5555
0x0000
0x0000
(x +4) % 216
(x +4) % 216
0x5FD1
0x5FD1
0x9B26
0x9B26
UP1[15:0]
UP1[15:0]
0x0000
0x0000
Table 40. Physical Layer 10-Bit Input (Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] = 'b01)
10-Bit Symbol
Number
Alternating
Checkerboard
1/0 Word
Toggle
Ramp
PN9
PN23
User Repeat
User Single
0
0x155
0x2AA
0x155
0x2AA
0x155
0x2AA
0x155
0x2AA
0x155
0x2AA
0x155
0x2AA
0x000
0x3FF
0x000
0x3FF
0x000
0x3FF
0x000
0x3FF
0x000
0x3FF
0x000
0x3FF
(x) % 210
0x125
0x2FC
0x26A
0x198
0x031
0x251
0x297
0x3D1
0x18E
0x2CB
0x0F1
0x3DD
0x3FD
0x1C0
0x00A
0x1B8
0x028
0x3D7
0x0A6
0x326
0x10F
0x3FD
0x31E
0x008
UP1[15:6]
UP2[15:6]
UP3[15:6]
UP4[15:6]
UP1[15:6]
UP2[15:6]
UP3[15:6]
UP4[15:6]
UP1[15:6]
UP2[15:6]
UP3[15:6]
UP4[15:6]
UP1[15:6]
UP2[15:6]
UP3[15:6]
UP4[15:6]
0x000
1
(x + 1) % 210
(x + 2) % 210
(x + 3) % 210
(x + 4) % 210
(x + 5) % 210
(x + 6) % 210
(x + 7) % 210
(x + 8) % 210
(x + 9) % 210
(x + 10) % 210
(x + 11) % 210
2
3
4
5
0x000
6
0x000
7
0x000
8
0x000
9
0x000
10
11
0x000
0x000
Table 41. Scrambler 8-bit Input (Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] = 'b10)
8-Bit Octet
Number
Alternating
Checkerboard
1/0 Word
Toggle
Ramp
PN9
PN23
User Repeat
User Single
0
0x55
0xAA
0x55
0xAA
0x55
0xAA
0x55
0xAA
0x55
0xAA
0x55
0xAA
0x00
0xFF
0x00
0xFF
0x00
0xFF
0x00
0xFF
0x00
0xFF
0x00
0xFF
(x) % 28
0x49
0x6F
0xC9
0xA9
0x98
0x0C
0x65
0x1A
0x5F
0xD1
0x63
0xAC
0xFF
0x5C
0x00
0x29
0xB8
0x0A
0x3D
0x72
0x9B
0x26
0x43
0xFF
UP1[15:9]
UP2[15:9]
UP3[15:9]
UP4[15:9]
UP1[15:9]
UP2[15:9]
UP3[15:9]
UP4[15:9]
UP1[15:9]
UP2[15:9]
UP3[15:9]
UP4[15:9]
UP1[15:9]
UP2[15:9]
UP3[15:9]
UP4[15:9]
0x00
1
(x + 1) % 28
(x + 2) % 28
(x + 3) % 28
(x + 4) % 28
(x + 5) % 28
(x + 6) % 28
(x + 7) % 28
(x + 8) % 28
(x + 9) % 28
(x + 10) % 28
(x + 11) % 28
2
3
4
5
0x00
6
0x00
7
0x00
8
0x00
9
0x00
10
11
0x00
0x00
patterns inserted at this point are useful for verifying the functionali-
ty of the data link layer. When the data link layer test modes are
enabled, disable SYNCINB± by writing 0xC0 to Register 0x0572.
Data Link Layer Test Modes
The data link layer test modes are implemented in the AD9699
as defined by Section 5.3.3.8.2 in the JEDEC JESD204B Specifi-
cation. These tests are shown in Register 0x0574, Bits[2:0]. Test
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 80 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
SERIAL PORT INTERFACE
The AD9699 SPI allows the user to configure the converter for
specific functions or operations through a structured register space
provided inside the ADC. The SPI gives the user added flexibility
and customization, depending on the application. Addresses are
accessed via the serial port and can be written to or read from via
the port. Memory is organized into bytes that can be further divided
into fields. These fields are documented in the Serial Port Interface
section. For detailed operational information, see the Serial Control
Interface Standard (Rev. 1.0).
from an input to an output at the appropriate point in the serial
frame.
Data can be sent in MSB first mode or in LSB first mode. MSB first
is the default on power-up and can be changed via the SPI port
configuration register. For more information about this and other
features, see the Serial Control Interface Standard (Rev. 1.0).
HARDWARE INTERFACE
The pins described in Table 42 comprise the physical interface
between the user programming device and the serial port of the
AD9699. The SCLK pin and the CSB pin function as inputs when
using the SPI. The SDIO pin is bidirectional, functioning as an input
during write phases and as an output during readback.
CONFIGURATION USING THE SPI
Three pins define the SPI of the AD9699 ADC: the SCLK pin, the
SDIO pin, and the CSB pin (see Table 42). The SCLK (serial clock)
pin synchronizes the read and write data presented to and from the
ADC. The SDIO (serial data input/output) pin is a dual-purpose pin
that allows data to be sent and read from the internal ADC memory
map registers. The CSB (chip select bar) pin is an active low control
that enables or disables the read and write cycles.
The SPI is flexible enough to be controlled by either FPGAs or
microcontrollers. One method for SPI configuration is described in
detail in the AN-812 Application Note, Microcontroller-Based Serial
Port Interface (SPI) Boot Circuit.
Table 42. SPI Pins
Do not activate the SPI port during periods when the full dynamic
performance of the converter is required. Because the SCLK signal,
the CSB signal, and the SDIO signal are typically asynchronous
to the ADC clock, noise from these signals can degrade converter
performance. If the on-board SPI bus is used for other devices,
it may be necessary to provide buffers between this bus and the
AD9699 to prevent these signals from transitioning at the converter
inputs during critical sampling periods.
Pin
Function
SCLK
Serial clock. The serial shift clock input that is used to synchronize
serial interface, reads, and writes.
SDIO
CSB
Serial data input/output. A dual-purpose pin that typically serves as an
input or an output, depending on the instruction being sent and the
relative position in the timing frame.
Chip select bar. An active low control that gates the read and write
cycles.
SPI ACCESSIBLE FEATURES
The falling edge of CSB, in conjunction with the rising edge of
SCLK, determines the start of the framing. An example of the serial
timing and its definitions can be found in Figure 4 and Table 5.
Table 43 provides a brief description of the general features that are
accessible via the SPI. These features are described in detail in the
Serial Control Interface Standard (Rev. 1.0). The AD9699 device
specific features are described in the Serial Port Interface section.
Other modes involving the CSB pin are available. The CSB pin can
be held low indefinitely, which permanently enables the device. This
is called streaming. The CSB can stall high between bytes to allow
additional external timing. When CSB is tied high, SPI functions are
placed in a high impedance mode. This mode turns on any SPI pin
secondary functions.
Table 43. Features Accessible Using the SPI
Feature
Description
Mode
Allows the user to set either power-down mode or
standby mode.
Clock
Allows the user to access the clock divider via the
SPI.
All data is composed of 8-bit words. The first bit of each individual
byte of serial data indicates whether a read or write command is
issued, which allows the SDIO pin to change direction from an input
to an output.
DDC
Allows the user to set up decimation filters for different
applications.
Test Input/Output
Output Mode
Allows the user to set test modes to have known data
on output bits.
In addition to word length, the instruction phase determines whether
the serial frame is a read or write operation, allowing the serial
port to be used both to program the chip and to read the contents
of the on-chip memory. If the instruction is a readback operation,
performing a readback causes the SDIO pin to change direction
Allows the user to set up outputs.
Serializer/Deserializer
(SERDES) Output Setup
Allows the user to vary SERDES settings, such as
swing and emphasis.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 81 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
address location with 0s unless the default value is set otherwise.
Writing to these locations is required only when part of an address
location is unassigned (for example, Address 0x0561). If the entire
address location is open (for example, Address 0x0013), do not
write to this address location.
READING THE MEMORY MAP REGISTER
TABLE
Each row in Table 44 has eight bit locations. The memory map is
divided into the following sections:
► Analog Devices SPI registers (Register 0x0000 to Regis-
ter 0x000F)
Default Values
► Clock/SYSREF/chip power-down pin control registers (Regis-
ter 0x003F to Register 0x0201)
► Fast detect and signal monitor control registers (Register 0x0245
to Register 0x027A)
After the AD9699 is reset, critical registers are loaded with default
values. The default values for the registers are given in Table 44.
Logic Levels
► DDC function registers (Register 0x0300 to Register 0x03CD)
► Digital outputs and test modes registers (Register 0x0550 to
Register 0x05CB)
► Programmable filter control and coefficients registers (Regis-
ter 0x0DF8 to Register 0x0F7F)
► VREF/analog input control registers (Register 0x18A6 to Regis-
ter 0x1A4D)
An explanation of logic level terminology follows:
► “Bit is set” is synonymous with “bit is set to Logic 1” or “writing
Logic 1 for the bit.”
► “Clear a bit” is synonymous with “bit is set to Logic 0” or “writing
Logic 0 for the bit.”
► X denotes a don’t care bit.
Table 44 (see the Memory Map Register Details section) docu-
ments the default hexadecimal value for each hexadecimal address
shown. The column with the heading Bit 7 (MSB) is the start of the
default hexadecimal value given. For example, Address 0x0561,
the output sample mode register, has a hexadecimal default value
of 0x01, which means that Bit 0 = 1, and the remaining bits are
0s. This setting is the default output format value, which is twos
complement. For more information on this function and others, see
Table 44.
SPI Soft Reset
After issuing a soft reset by programming 0x81 to Register 0x0000,
the AD9699 requires 5 ms to recover. When programming the
AD9699 for application setup, ensure that an adequate delay is
programmed into the firmware after asserting the soft reset and
before starting the device setup.
MEMORY MAP REGISTER DETAILS
All address locations that are not included in Table 44 are not
currently supported for this device and must not be written
Open and Reserved Locations
All address and bit locations that are not included in Table 44 are
not currently supported for this device. Write unused bits of a valid
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Analog Devices SPI Registers
0x0000 SPI Configuration A
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
7
Soft reset mirror
Whenever a soft reset is issued, the user must wait 5 ms before
writing to any other register. This provides sufficient time for the boot
loader to complete.
0x0
R/WC
(self clearing)
0
1
Do nothing.
Reset the SPI and registers (self clearing).
6
5
LSB first mirror
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
1
0
LSB shifted first for all SPI operations.
MSB shifted first for all SPI operations.
Address ascension mirror
0
1
Multibyte SPI operations cause addresses to autodecrement.
Multibyte SPI operations cause addresses to autoincrement.
Reserved.
[4:3] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
2
Address ascension
R/W
0
1
Multibyte SPI operations cause addresses to auto-decrement.
Multibyte SPI operations cause addresses to auto-increment.
1
LSB first
0x0
R/W
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 82 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
1
0
LSB shifted first for all SPI operations.
MSB shifted first for all SPI operations.
0
Soft reset (self clearing)
Whenever a soft reset is issued, the user must wait 5 ms before
writing to any other register. This provides sufficient time for the boot
loader to complete.
0x0
R/WC
0
1
Do nothing.
Reset the SPI and registers (self clearing).
Reserved.
0x0001
0x0002
SPI Configuration B
[7:2] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
1
Datapath soft reset
R/WC
(self clearing)
0
1
Normal operation.
Datapath soft reset (self clearing).
Reserved.
0
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
R
Chip configuration
(local)
[7:2] Reserved
Reserved.
[1:0] Channel power mode
Channel power modes.
0x0
R/W
00
10
Normal mode (power-up).
Standby mode, digital datapath clocks disabled, JESD204B interface
enabled.
11
Power-down mode, digital datapath clocks disabled, digital datapath
held in reset, JESD204B interface disabled.
0x0003
0x0004
Chip type
[7:0] Chip type
Chip type.
0x03
0xE2
R
R
0x3
High speed ADC.
Chip ID.
Chip ID LSB
[7:0] Chip ID LSB [7:0]
0xDF
0x0
AD9699.
0x0005
0x0006
Chip ID MSB
Chip grade
[7:0] Chip ID MSB [15:8]
[7:4] Chip speed grade
[3:0] Reserved
Chip ID.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x1
R
Chip speed grade.
Reserved.
R
R
0x0008
Device index
[7:2] Reserved
Reserved.
R
0
ADC Core
R/W
0
1
ADC Core does not receive the next SPI command.
ADC Core receives the next SPI command.
0x000A
0x000B
Scratch pad
SPI revision
[7:0] Scratch pad
[7:0] SPI revision
Chip scratch pad register. This register provides a consistent memory 0x0
location for software debugging.
R/W
R
SPI revision register. 0x01: Revision 1.0.
0x1
00000001 Revision 1.0.
Vendor ID [7:0].
Vendor ID [15:8].
Reserved.
0x000C
0x000D
0x000F
Vendor ID LSB
Vendor ID MSB
Transfer
[7:0] Vendor ID LSB
[7:0] Vendor ID MSB
[7:1] Reserved
0x56
0x04
0x0
R
R
R
0
Chip transfer
Self clearing chip transfer bit. This bit is used to update the
0x0
R/W
DDC phase increment and phase offset registers when DDC phase
update mode (Register 0x0300, Bit 7 ) = 1. This makes it possible
to synchronously update the DDC mixer frequencies. This bit is also
used to update the coefficients for the programmable filter (PFILT).
0
1
Do nothing. Bit is only cleared after transfer is complete.
Self clearing bit used to synchronize the transfer of data from master
to slave registers.
Clock/SYSREF/Chip PDWN Pin Control Registers
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 83 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Local chip PDWN pin
disable
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x003F
Chip PDWN pin
(local)
7
Function is determined by Register 0x0040, Bits[7:6].
0x0
R/W
0
1
Power-down pin (PDWN/STBY) enabled (default).
Power-down pin (PDWN/STBY) disabled/ignored.
Reserved.
[6:0] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
0x0040
Chip Pin Control 1
[7:6] Global chip PDWN pin
functionality
External power-down pin functionality. Assertion of the external
power-down pin (PDWN/STBY) has higher priority than the channel
power mode control bits (Register 0x0002, Bits[1:0]). The PDWN/
STBY pin is only used when Register 0x0040, Bits[7:6] = 00 or 01.
R/W
00
01
10
Power-down pin (default). Assertion of external power-down pin
(PDWN/STBY) causes the chip to enter full power-down mode.
Standby pin. Assertion of external power-down pin (PDWN/STBY)
causes the chip to enter standby mode.
Pin disabled. Power-down pin (PDWN/STBY) is ignored.
GPIO B0 pin functionality.
[5:3] GPIO_B0 pin functionality
0x7
0x7
R/W
R/W
001
110
111
JESD204B LMFC output.
Pin functionality determined by 0x0041[7:4]
Disabled. Configured as input with weak pull-down (default).
Fast Detect /GPIO A0 pin functionality.
[2:0] Chip FD/GPIO_A0 pin
functionality
000
001
110
111
Fast Detect output.
JESD204B LMFC output.
Pin functionality determined by Register 0x0041, Bits[3:0]
Disabled. Configured as an input with weak pull-down (default).
0x0041
0x0042
0x0108
Chip Pin Control 2
[7:4] GPIO_B0 pin secondary
functionality
GPIO B0 pin secondary functionality (only used when Register
0x0040, Bits[5:3] = 110).
0x0
0x0
0xF
0xF
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
0000
0001
1000
1001
Chip GPIO B0 input (NCO channel selection).
Chip transfer input.
Master next trigger output (MNTO).
Slave next trigger input (SNTI).
[3:0] Chip FD/GPIO_A0 pin
secondary functionality
Fast Detect /GPIO B0 pin secondary functionality (only used when
Register 0x0040, Bits[2:0] = 110).
0000
0001
1000
1001
Chip GPIO A0 input (NCO channel selection).
Chip transfer input.
Master next trigger output (MNTO).
Slave next trigger input (SNTI).
GPIO B1 pin functionality.
Chip Pin Control 3
[7:4] Chip GPIO_B1 pin
functionality
0000
1000
1001
1111
Chip GPIO B1 input (NCO channel selection).
Master next trigger output (MNTO).
Slave next trigger input (SNTI).
Disabled (configured as input with weak pull-down).
GPIO A1 pin functionality.
[3:0] Chip GPIO_B1 pin
functionality
0000
1000
1001
1111
Chip GPIO A1 input (NCO channel selection).
Master next trigger output (MNTO).
Slave next trigger input (SNTI).
Disabled (configured as input with weak pull-down).
Reserved.
Clock divider control [7:3] Reserved
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 84 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
[2:0] Input clock divider
(CLK± pins)
0x0
R/W
00
01
11
Divide by 1.
Divide by 2.
Divide by 4.
Reserved.
0x0109
Clock divider phase
(local)
[7:4] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
[3:0] Clock divider phase offset
R/W
0000
0001
0010
…
0 input clock cycles delayed.
½ input clock cycles delayed (invert clock).
1 input clock cycles delayed.
…
1110
1111
7 input clock cycles delayed.
7½ input clock cycles delayed.
0x010A
Clock divider and
SYSREF control
7
Clock divider auto phase
adjust enable
Clock divider autophase adjust enable. When enabled,
Register 0x0129, Bits[3:0] contain the phase of the divider
when SYSREF occurred. The actual divider phase offset =
Register 0x0129, Bits[3:0] + Register 0x0109, Bits[3:0].
0x0
R/W
0
1
Clock divider phase is not changed by SYSREF (disabled).
Clock divider phase is automatically adjusted by SYSREF (enabled).
Reserved.
[6:4] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
[3:2] Clock divider negative skew
window
Clock divider negative skew window (measured in ½ input device
clocks). Number of ½ clock cycles before the input device clock by
which captured SYSREF transitions are ignored. Only used when
Register 0x010A, Bit 7 = 1. Register 0x010A, Bits[3:2] + Register
0x010A, Bits[1:0] < Register 0x0108, Bits[2:0]. This allows some
uncertainty in the sampling of SYSREF without disturbing the input
clock divider. Also, SYSREF must be disabled (Register 0x0120,
Bits[2:1] = 0x0) when changing this control field.
R/W
0
No negative skew, SYSREF must be captured accurately.
½ device clock of negative skew.
1
10
11
1 device clocks of negative skew.
1½ device clocks of negative skew.
[1:0] Clock divider positive skew
window
Clock divider positive skew window (measured in ½ input device
clocks). Number of clock cycles after the input device clock by which
captured SYSREF transitions are ignored. Only used when Register
0x010A, Bit 7 = 1. Register 0x010A, Bits[3:2] + Register 0x010A,
Bits[1:0] < Register 0x0108, Bits[2:0]. This allows some uncertainty
in the sampling of SYSREF without disturbing the input clock divider.
Also, SYSREF must be disabled (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1] = 0x0)
when changing this control field.
0x0
R/W
0
No positive skew, SYSREF must be captured accurately.
½ device clock of positive skew.
1 device clocks of positive skew.
1½ device clocks of positive skew.
Reserved.
1
10
11
0x010B
Clock divider
[7:4] Reserved
0x0
R
SYSREF status
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 85 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
[3:0] Clock divider SYSREF
offset
Clock divider phase status (measured in ½ clock cycles). Internal
clock divider phase of the captured SYSREF signal applied to the
phase offset. Only used when 0x010A[7] = 1. When Register 0x010A,
Bit 7 = 1, Register 0x010A, Bits[3:2] = 0, and Register 0x010A,
Bits[1:0] = 0, the clock divider SYSREF offset = Register 0x0129,
Bits[3:0].
0x0
R
0x0110
Clock delay control
[7:3] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
[2:0] Clock delay mode select
Clock delay mode select. Used in conjunction with Register 0x0111
and Register 0x0112.
R/W
000
010
011
100
110
No clock delay.
Fine delay: only 0 to 16 delay steps are valid.
Fine delay (lowest jitter): only 0 to 16 delay steps are valid.
Fine delay: all 192 delay steps are valid.
Fine delay enabled (all 192 delay steps are valid), superfine delay
enabled (all 128 delay steps are valid).
0x0111
Clock superfine
delay (local)
[7:0] Clock superfine delay adjust
Clock superfine delay adjust. This is an unsigned control to adjust the 0x0
superfine sample clock delay in 0.25 ps steps. These bits are only
used when Register 0x0110, Bits[2:0] = 010 or 110.
R/W
0x00
…
0 delay steps.
…
0x08
…
8 delay steps.
…
0x80
128 delay steps.
0x0112
Clock fine delay
(local)
[7:0] Set clock fine delay
Clock fine delay adjust. This is an unsigned control to adjust the fine
sample clock skew in 1.725 ps steps. These bits are only used when
Register 0x0110, Bits[2:0] = 0x2, 0x3, 0x4, or 0x6. Minimum = 0.
Maximum = 192. Increment = 1. Unit = delay steps.
0xC0 R/W
0x00
…
0 delay steps.
…
0x08
…
8 delay steps.
…
0xC0
192 delay steps.
Reserved.
0x011B
0x011C
Clock status
[7:1] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
R
0
Input clock detect
Clock detection status.
Input clock not detected.
Input clock detected/locked.
Reserved
0
1
Clock Duty Cycle
Stabilizer 1 control
(local)
[7:2] Reserved
0x0
0x1
R/W
R/W
1
0
DCS1 enable
Clock DCS1 enable.
DCS1 bypassed.
DCS1 enabled.
0
1
DCS1 power up
Clock DCS1 power-up.
DCS1 powered down.
DCS1 powered up.
Reserved.
0x1
R/W
0
1
0x011E
Clock Duty Cycle
Stabilizer 2 control
[7:2] Reserved
0x0
0x1
R/W
R/W
1
DCS2 enable
Clock DCS2 enable.
DCS2 bypassed.
DCS2 enabled.
0
1
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 86 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0
DCS2 power up
Clock DCS2 power-up.
DCS2 powered down.
DCS2 powered up.
Reserved.
0x1
R/W
0
1
0x0120
SYSREF Control 1
7
6
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
SYSREF± flag reset
R/W
0
1
Normal flag operation.
SYSREF flags held in reset (setup and hold error flags cleared).
Reserved.
5
4
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
SYSREF± transition select
R/W
0
1
SYSREF is valid on low to high transitions using the selected CLK±
edge. When changing this setting, SYSREF± mode select must be
set to disabled.
SYSREF is valid on high to low transitions using the selected CLK±
edge. When changing this setting, SYSREF± mode select must be
set to disabled.
3
CLK± edge select
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Captured on the rising edge of CLK± input.
Captured on the falling edge of CLK± input.
[2:1] SYSREF± mode select
0
Disabled.
Continuous.
N-shot.
1
10
0
Reserved
Reserved.
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
0x0
R
0x0121
SYSREF Control 2
[7:4] Reserved
R
[3:0] SYSREF N-shot ignore
counter select
R/W
0000
0001
0010
0011
…
Next SYSREF only (do not ignore).
Ignore the first SYSREF± transition.
Ignore the first two SYSREF± transitions.
Ignore the first three SYSREF± transitions.
…
1110
1111
Ignore the first 14 SYSREF± transitions.
Ignore the first 15 SYSREF± transitions.
Reserved.
0x0122
SYSREF Control 3
[7:4] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
[3:2] SYSREF window negative
Negative skew window (measured in sample clocks). Number of
clock cycles before the sample clock by which captured SYSREF
transitions are ignored.
R/W
00
01
10
11
No negative skew, SYSREF must be captured accurately.
One sample clock of negative skew.
Two sample clocks of negative skew.
Three sample clocks of negative skew.
[1:0] SYSREF window positive
Positive skew window (measured in sample clocks). Number of
clock cycles before the sample clock by which captured SYSREF
transitions are ignored.
0x0
R/W
00
01
10
11
No positive skew, SYSREF must be captured accurately.
One sample clock of positive skew.
Two sample clocks of positive skew.
Three sample clocks of positive skew.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 87 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Reserved
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x0123
SYSREF Control 4
7
Reserved.
0x0
R
[6:0] SYSREF± timestamp delay,
Bits[6:0]
SYSREF timestamp delay (in converter sample clock cycles).
0x00
R/W
0
0 sample clock cycle delay.
1 sample clock cycle delay.
…
1
…
111 1111
127 sample clock cycle delay.
SYSREF hold status.
SYSREF setup status.
Reserved.
0x0128
0x0129
SYSREF Status 1
SYSREF Status 2
[7:4] SYSREF± hold status
[3:0] SYSREF± setup status
[7:4] Reserved
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R
R
R
R
[3:0] Clock divider phase when
SYSREF± was captured
SYSREF divider phase. Represents the phase of the divider when
SYSREF was captured.
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
…
In phase.
SYSREF± is ½ cycle delayed from clock.
SYSREF± is 1 cycle delayed from clock.
SYSREF± is 1½ input clock cycles delayed.
SYSREF± is 2 input clock cycles delayed.
…
1111
SYSREF± is 7½ input clock cycles delayed.
0x012A
0x01FF
SYSREF Status 3
Chip sync mode
[7:0] SYSREF counter, Bits[7:0]
increments when a
SYSREF count. Running counter that increments whenever a
SYSREF event is captured. Reset by Register 0x120, Bit 6. Wraps
around at 255. Read these bits only when Register 0x120, Bits[2:1]
are set to disabled.
0x0
R
SYSREF± is captured
[7:1] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
0
Synchronization mode
R/W
0
1
JESD204B synchronization mode. The SYSREF signal resets all
internal clock dividers. Use this mode when synchronizing multiple
chips as specified in the JESD204B standard. If the phase of any of
the dividers must change, the JESD204B link goes down.
Timestamp mode. The SYSREF signal does not reset internal clock
dividers. In this mode, the JESD204B link and the signal monitor are
not affected by the SYSREF signal. The SYSREF signal timestamps
a sample as it passes through the ADC and is used as a control bit in
the JESD204B output word.
Chip Operating Mode Control Registers
0x0200
Chip mode
[7:6] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
5
Chip Q ignore
Chip real (I) only selection.
Both real (I) and complex (Q) selected.
Only real (I) selected, complex (Q) is ignored.
Reserved.
0
1
4
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
[3:0] Chip application mode
R/W
0000
0001
0010
0011
Full bandwidth mode (default).
One DDC mode (DDC0 only)
Two DDC mode (DDC0 and DDC1 only)
Four DDC mode (DDC0, DDC1, DDC2, and DDC3)
Reserved.
0x0201
Chip decimation
ratio
[7:4] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
[3:0] Chip decimation ratio
Chip decimation ratio.
R/W
0000
Full sample rate (decimate by 1, DDCs are bypassed).
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 88 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0001
1000
0010
0101
1001
0011
0110
1010
0111
0100
1101
1011
1110
1111
1100
Decimate by 2.
Decimate by 3.
Decimate by 4.
Decimate by 5.
Decimate by 6.
Decimate by 8.
Decimate by 10.
Decimate by 12.
Decimate by 15.
Decimate by 16.
Decimate by 20.
Decimate by 24.
Decimate by 30.
Decimate by 40.
Decimate by 48.
Fast Detect and Signal Monitor Control Registers
0x0245
Fast detect control
(local)
[7:4] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
3
Force FD pin
R/W
0
1
Normal operation of the fast detect pin.
Force a value on the fast detect pin (see Bit 2).
2
Force value of FD pin
The fast detect output pin is set to this value when the output is
forced.
0x0
R/W
1
0
Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
Enable fast detect output
R/W
0
1
Fast detect disabled.
Fast detect enabled.
0x0247
0x0248
Fast detect up LSB
(local)
[7:0] Fast detect upper threshold
LSBs of the fast detect upper threshold. This register contains the
8 LSBs of the programmable 13-bit upper threshold that is compared
to the fine ADC magnitude.
0x0
R/W
Fast detect up MSB
(local)
[7:5] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
[4:0] Fast detect upper threshold
MSBs of the fast detect upper threshold. This register contains the
8 LSBS of the programmable 13-bit upper threshold that is compared
to the fine ADC magnitude.
R/W
0x0249
0x024A
Fast detect low LSB [7:0] Fast detect lower threshold
(local)
LSBs of the fast detect lower threshold. This register contains the
8 LSBS of the programmable 13-bit lower threshold that is compared
to the fine ADC magnitude.
0x0
R/W
Fast detect low MSB [7:5] Reserved
(local)
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
[4:0] Fast detect lower threshold
MSBs of the fast detect lower threshold. This register contains the
8 LSBs of the programmable 13-bit lower threshold that is compared
to the fine ADC magnitude
R/W
0x024B
0x024C
Fast detect dwell
LSB (local)
[7:0] Fast detect dwell time
[7:0] Fast detect dwell time
LSBs of the fast detect dwell time counter target. This is a load value 0x0
for a 16-bit counter that determines how long the ADC data must
remain below the lower threshold before the FD pins are reset to 0.
R/W
R/W
Fast detect dwell
MSB (local)
MSBs of the fast detect dwell time counter target. This is a load value 0x0
for a 16-bit counter that determines how long the ADC data must
remain below the lower threshold before the FD pins are reset to 0.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 89 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x026F
Signal monitor sync
control
[7:2] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
R
1
Signal monitor next
Signal monitor next synchronization mode.
0x0
R/W
synchronization mode
0
1
Continuous mode.
Next synchronization mode. Only the next valid edge of the
SYSREF± pin is used to synchronize the signal monitor block.
Subsequent edges of the SYSREF± pin are ignored. When the next
SYSREF is found, Register 0x026F, Bit 0 clears. The SYSREF±
pin must be an integer multiple of the signal monitor period for this
function to operate correctly in continuous mode.
0
Signal monitor
Signal monitor synchronization enable
0x0
R/W
synchronization mode
0
1
Synchronization disabled.
If Register 0x026F, Bit 1 = 1, only the next valid edge of the
SYSREF± pin is used to synchronize the signal monitor block.
Subsequent edges of the SYSREF± pin are ignored. When the next
SYSREF signal is received, this bit is cleared. The SYSREF± input
pin must be enabled to synchronize the signal monitor blocks.
0x0270
Signal monitor
control (local)
[7:2] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
1
Peak detector
R/W
0
1
Peak detector disabled.
Peak detector enabled.
Reserved.
0
Reserved
0x0
R
0x0271
0x0272
0x0273
0x0274
Signal Monitor
Period 0 (local)
[7:0] Signal monitor period [7:0]
Bits[7:0] of the 24-bit value that sets the number of output clock
cycles over which the signal monitor performs its operation. Only
even values are supported.
0x80
R/W
Signal Monitor
Period 1 (local)
[7:0] Signal monitor period [15:8]
Bits[15:8] of the 24-bit value that sets the number of output clock
cycles over which the signal monitor performs its operation. Only
even values are supported.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
Signal Monitor
Period 2 (local)
[7:0] Signal monitor period
[23:16]
Bits[23:16] of the 24-bit value that sets the number of output clock
cycles over which the signal monitor performs its operation. Only
even values are supported.
Signal monitor status [7:5] Reserved
control (local)
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
4
Result update
R/WC
1
Update signal monitor status registers, Register 0x0275 to
Register 0x0278. Self clearing.
3
Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x1
R
[2:0] Result selection
R/W
001
Peak detector placed on status readback signals.
0x0275
0x0276
0x0277
Signal Monitor
Status 0 (local)
[7:0] Signal monitor result [7:0]
[7:0] Signal monitor result [15:8]
[7:4] Reserved
Signal monitor status result. This 20-bit value contains the status
result calculated by the signal monitor block.
0x0
0x0
0x0
R
R
R
Signal Monitor
Status 1 (local)
Signal monitor status result.
Signal Monitor
Status 2 (local)
Reserved.
[3:0] Signal monitor result [19:16]
Signal monitor status result.
0x0
0x0
R
R
0x0278
Signal monitor status [7:0] Frame count result, Bits[7:0]
frame counter (local)
Signal monitor frame counter status bits. Frame counter increments
whenever the period counter expires.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 90 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x0279
Signal monitor serial [7:2] Reserved
framer control (local)
Reserved.
0x0
R
[1:0] Signal monitor SPORT over
JESD204B enable
0x0
R/W
00
11
Disabled.
Enabled.
Reserved.
0x027A
SPORT over
[7:6] Reserved
0x0
R
JESD204B input
selection (local)
1
SPORT over JESD204B
input selection
Signal monitor serial framer input selection. When each individual bit 0x1
is a 1, the corresponding signal statistics information is sent within
the frame.
R/W
0
1
Disabled.
Peak detector data inserted in the serial frame.
0
Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
DDC Function Registers (See the Digital Downconverter (DDC) Section)
0x0300
DDC SYNC control
7
DDC
Select DDC FTW/POW/MAW/MBW update mode.
R/W
FTW/POW/MAW/MBW
update mode
0
1
Instantaneous/continuous update. FTW/POW/MAW/MBW values are
updated immediately.
FTW/POW/MAW/MBW values are updated synchronously when the
chip transfer bit (Register 0x000F, Bit 0) is set.
[6:5] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
4
DDC NCO soft reset
This bit can be used to synchronize all the NCOs inside the DDC
blocks.
R/W
0
1
Normal operation.
DDC held in reset.
Reserved.
[3:2] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
1
DDC next synchronization
R/W
0
1
Continuous mode. The SYSREF frequency must be an integer
multiple of the NCO frequency for this function to operate correctly in
continuous mode.
Only the next valid edge of the SYSREF± pin is used to synchronize
the NCO in the DDC block. Subsequent edges of the SYSREF±
pin are ignored. When the next SYSREF signal is found, the DDC
synchronization enable bit (Register 0x0300, Bit 0) is cleared.
0
DDC synchronization mode
The SYSREF input pin must be enabled to synchronize the DDCs.
Synchronization disabled.
0x0
R/W
0
1
If DDC next synchronization (Register 0x0300, Bit 1 = 1), only the
next valid edge of the SYSREF± pin is used to synchronize the
NCO in the DDC block. Subsequent edges of the SYSREF± pin
are ignored. When the next SYSREF signal is received, this bit is
cleared.
0x0310
DDC0 control
7
6
Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
DDC0 gain select
Gain can be used to compensate for the 6 dB loss associated with
mixing an input signal down to baseband and filtering out its negative
component.
0
1
0 dB gain.
6 dB gain (multiply by 2).
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 91 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
[5:4] DDC0 intermediate
frequency (IF) mode
0x0
R/W
00
01
10
11
Variable IF mode.
0 Hz IF mode.
fS Hz IF mode.
Test mode.
3
DDC0 complex to real
enable
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Complex (I and Q) outputs contain valid data.
Real (I) output only. complex to real enabled. Uses extra fS mixing to
convert to real.
[2:0] DDC0 decimation rate
select
Decimation filter selection.
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
HB1 + HB2 filter selection: decimate by 2 (complex to real enabled),
or decimate by 4 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 filter selection: decimate by 4 (complex to real
enabled), or decimate by 8 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + HB4 filter selection: decimate by 8 (complex to
real enabled), or decimate by 16 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 filter selection: decimate by 1 (complex to real enabled), or
decimate by 2 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 3 (complex to real enabled),
or decimate by 6 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 6 (complex to real
enabled), or decimate by 12 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 12 (complex to
real enabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real disabled).
Decimation determined by Register 0x0311, Bits[7:4].
Only valid when Register 0x0310, Bits[2:0] = 3'b111.
0x0311
DDC0 input select
[7:4] DDC0 decimation rate
select
0x0
R/W
0
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 48
(complex to real disabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real
enabled).
10
FB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 10 (complex to real disabled),
or decimate by 5 (complex to real enabled).
11
FB2 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 20 (complex to real
disabled), or decimate by 10 (complex to real enabled).
100
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 40 (complex to
real disabled), or decimate by 20 (complex to real enabled).
111
TB1 filter selection: decimate by 3 (decimate by 1.5 not supported).
1000
FB2 + TB1 filter selection: decimate by 15 (decimate by 7.5 not
supported).
1001
HB2 + FB2 + TB1 filter selection: decimate by 30 (decimate by 15 not
supported).
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
0x0314
DDC0 NCO control
[7:4] DDC0 NCO channel select
mode
For edge control, the internal counter wraps after the
Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0] value is reached.
R/W
0
Use Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0].
11
2'b00, GPIO_A1, GPIO_A0.
1000
1001
Increment internal counter on rising edge of the GPIO_A0 pin.
Increment internal counter on rising edge of the GPIO_A1 pin.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 92 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
[3:0] DDC0 NCO register map
channel select
NCO channel select register map control.
0x0
R/W
0
Select NCO Channel 0.
Select NCO Channel 1.
Select NCO Channel 2.
Select NCO Channel 3.
Select NCO Channel 4.
Select NCO Channel 5.
Select NCO Channel 6.
Select NCO Channel 7.
Select NCO Channel 8.
Select NCO Channel 9.
Select NCO Channel 10.
Select NCO Channel 11.
Select NCO Channel 12.
Select NCO Channel 13.
Select NCO Channel 14.
Select NCO Channel 15.
Reserved.
1
10
11
100
101
110
111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
0x0315
DDC0 phase control [7:4] Reserved
[3:0] DDC0 phase update index
0x0
0x0
R
Indexes the NCO channel whose phase and offset is updated. The
update method is based on the DDC phase update mode, which can
be continuous or require chip transfer.
R/W
0000
0001
0010
0011
Update NCO Channel 0.
Update NCO Channel 1.
Update NCO Channel 2.
Update NCO Channel 3.
0x0316
0x0317
0x0318
0x0319
0x031A
0x031B
0x031D
0x031E
0x031F
0x0320
0x0321
0x0322
DDC0 Phase
Increment 0
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment
[7:0]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
.
.
.
.
.
.
DDC0 Phase
Increment 1
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment
[15:8]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC0 Phase
Increment 2
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment
[23:16]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC0 Phase
Increment 3
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment
[31:24]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC0 Phase
Increment 4
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment
[39:32]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC0 Phase
Increment 5
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment
[47:40]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC0 Phase
Offset 0
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [7:0]
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [15:8]
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [23:16]
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [31:24]
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [39:32]
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [47:40]
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
DDC0 Phase
Offset 1
DDC0 Phase
Offset 2
DDC0 Phase
Offset 3
DDC0 Phase
Offset 4
DDC0 Phase
Offset 5
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 93 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x0327
DDC0 test enable
[7:2] Reserved
Reserved.
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
0x0
R
1
0
Reserved
R
DDC0 I output test mode
enable
I samples always use the Test Mode A block. The test mode is
selected using the channel dependent Register 0x0550, Bits[3:0].
R/W
0
1
Test mode disabled.
Test mode enabled.
Reserved.
0x0330
DDC1 control
7
6
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
DDC1 gain select
Gain can be used to compensates for the 6 dB loss associated with
mixing an input signal down to baseband and filtering out its negative
component.
0
1
0 dB gain.
6 dB gain (multiply by 2).
[5:4] DDC1 intermediate
frequency (IF) mode
0x0
R/W
00
01
10
11
Variable IF mode.
0 Hz IF mode.
fS Hz IF mode.
Test mode.
3
DDC1 complex to real
enable
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Complex (I and Q) outputs contain valid data.
Real (I) output only. Complex to real enabled. Uses extra fS mixing to
convert to real.
[2:0] DDC1 decimation rate
select
Decimation filter selection.
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
HB1 + HB2 filter selection: decimate by 2 (complex to real enabled),
or decimate by 4 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 filter selection: decimate by 4 (complex to real
enabled), or decimate by 8 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + HB4 filter selection: decimate by 8 (complex to
real enabled), or decimate by 16 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 filter selection: decimate by 1 (complex to real enabled), or
decimate by 2 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 3 (complex to real enabled),
or decimate by 6 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 6 (complex to real
enabled), or decimate by 12 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 12 (complex to
real enabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real disabled).
Decimation determined by Register 0x0331, Bits[7:4].
Only valid when Register 0x0310, Bits[2:0] = 3'b111.
0x0331
DDC1 input select
[7:4] DDC1 decimation rate
select
0x0
R/W
0
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 48
(complex to real disabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real
enabled).
10
FB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 10 (complex to real disabled),
or decimate by 5 (complex to real enabled).
11
FB2 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 20 (complex to real
disabled), or decimate by 10 (complex to real enabled).
100
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 40 (complex to
real disabled), or decimate by 20 (complex to real enabled).
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 94 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
111
TB1 filter selection: decimate by 3 (decimate by 1.5 not supported).
1000
FB2 + TB1 filter selection: decimate by 15 (decimate by 7.5 not
supported).
1001
HB2 + FB2 + TB1 filter selection: decimate by 30 (decimate by 15 not
supported).
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
0x0334
DDC1 NCO control
[7:4] DDC1 NCO channel select
mode
For edge control, the internal counter wraps when the
Register 0x0334, Bits[3:0] value is reached.
R/W
0
Use Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0]
11
2'b00, GPIO_A1, GPIO_A0.
1000
1001
Increment internal counter when rising edge of the GPIO_A0 pin.
Increment internal counter when rising edge of the GPIO_A1 pin.
NCO channel select register map control.
[3:0] DDC1 NCO register map
channel select
0x0
R/W
0
Select NCO Channel 0.
Select NCO Channel 1.
Select NCO Channel 2.
Select NCO Channel 3.
Select NCO Channel 4.
Select NCO Channel 5.
Select NCO Channel 6.
Select NCO Channel 7.
Select NCO Channel 8.
Select NCO Channel 9.
Select NCO Channel 10.
Select NCO Channel 11.
Select NCO Channel 12.
Select NCO Channel 13.
Select NCO Channel 14.
Select NCO Channel 15.
Reserved.
1
10
11
100
101
110
111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
0x0335
DDC1 phase control [7:4] Reserved
[3:0] DDC1 phase update index
0x0
0x0
R
Indexes the NCO channel for which the phase and offset is to be
updated. The update method is based on the DDC phase update
mode, which can be continuous or require chip transfer.
R/W
0000
0001
0010
0011
Update NCO Channel 0.
Update NCO Channel 1.
Update NCO Channel 2.
Update NCO Channel 3.
0x0336
0x0337
0x0338
0x0339
0x033A
DDC1 Phase
Increment 0
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment
[7:0]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
.
.
.
.
.
DDC1 Phase
Increment 1
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment
[15:8]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC1 Phase
Increment 2
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment
[23:16]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC1 Phase
Increment 3
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment
[31:24]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC1 Phase
Increment 4
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment
[39:32]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 95 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x033B
DDC1 Phase
Increment 5
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment
[47:40]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
.
0x033D
0x033E
0x033F
0x0340
0x0341
0x0342
0x0347
DDC1 Phase
Offset 0
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [7:0]
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [15:8]
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [23:16]
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [31:24]
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [39:32]
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [47:40]
[7:2] Reserved
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
DDC1 Phase
Offset 1
DDC1 Phase
Offset 2
DDC1 Phase
Offset 3
DDC1 Phase
Offset 4
DDC1 Phase
Offset 5
DDC1 test enable
Reserved.
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
0x0
R
1
0
Reserved
R
DDC1 I output test mode
enable
I samples always use the Test Mode A block. The test mode is
selected using the channel dependent Register 0x0550, Bits[3:0].
R/W
0
1
Test mode disabled.
Test mode enabled.
Reserved.
0x0350
DDC2 control
7
6
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
DDC2 gain select
Gain can be used to compensates for the 6 dB loss associated with
mixing an input signal down to baseband and filtering out its negative
component.
0
1
0 dB gain.
6 dB gain (multiply by 2).
[5:4] DDC2 intermediate
frequency (IF) mode
0x0
R/W
00
01
10
11
Variable IF mode.
0 Hz IF mode.
fS Hz IF mode.
Test mode.
3
DDC2 complex to real
enable
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Complex (I and Q) outputs contain valid data.
Real (I) output only. Complex to real enabled. Uses extra fS mixing to
convert to real.
[2:0] DDC2 decimation rate
select
Decimation filter selection.
000
001
010
011
100
101
HB1 + HB2 filter selection: decimate by 2 (complex to real enabled),
or decimate by 4 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 filter selection: decimate by 4 (complex to real
enabled), or decimate by 8 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + HB4 filter selection: decimate by 8 (complex to
real enabled), or decimate by 16 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 filter selection: decimate by 1 (complex to real enabled), or
decimate by 2 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 3 (complex to real enabled),
or decimate by 6 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 6 (complex to real
enabled), or decimate by 12 (complex to real disabled).
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 96 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
110
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 12 (complex to
real enabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real disabled).
111
0
Decimation determined by Register 0x0351, Bits[7:4].
Only valid when Register 0x0310, Bits[2:0] = 3'b111.
0x0351
DDC2 input select
[7:4] DDC2 decimation rate
select
0x0
R/W
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 48
(complex to real disabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real
enabled).
10
FB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 10 (complex to real disabled),
or decimate by 5 (complex to real enabled).
11
FB2 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 20 (complex to real
disabled), or decimate by 10 (complex to real enabled).
100
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 40 (complex to
real disabled), or decimate by 20 (complex to real enabled).
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
0x0354
DDC2 NCO control
[7:4] DDC2 NCO channel select
mode
For edge control, the internal counter wraps when the
Register 0x0354, Bits[3:0] value is reached.
R/W
0
Use Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0].
11
2'b00, GPIO A1, GPIO A0.
1000
1001
Increment internal counter when rising edge of the GPIO_A0 pin.
Increment internal counter when rising edge of the GPIO_A1 pin.
NCO channel select register map control.
[3:0] DDC2 NCO register map
channel select
0x0
R/W
0
Select NCO Channel 0.
Select NCO Channel 1.
Select NCO Channel 2.
Select NCO Channel 3.
Select NCO Channel 4.
Select NCO Channel 5.
Select NCO Channel 6.
Select NCO Channel 7.
Select NCO Channel 8.
Select NCO Channel 9.
Select NCO Channel 10.
Select NCO Channel 11.
Select NCO Channel 12.
Select NCO Channel 13.
Select NCO Channel 14.
Select NCO Channel 15.
Reserved.
1
10
11
100
101
110
111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
0x0355
DDC2 phase control [7:4] Reserved
[3:0] DDC2 phase update index
0x0
R
Indexes the NCO channel whose phase and offset gets updated. The 0x0
update method is based on the DDC phase update mode, which can
be continuous or require chip transfer.
R/W
0000
0001
0010
0011
Update NCO Channel 0.
Update NCO Channel 1.
Update NCO Channel 2.
Update NCO Channel 3.
0x0356
DDC2 Phase
Increment 0
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment
[7:0]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
0x0
R/W
.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 97 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x0357
DDC2 Phase
Increment 1
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment
[15:8]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
.
.
.
.
.
0x0358
0x0359
0x035A
0x035B
0x035D
0x035E
0x035F
0x0360
0x0361
0x0362
0x0367
DDC2 Phase
Increment 2
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment
[23:16]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC2 Phase
Increment 3
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment
[31:24]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC2 Phase
Increment 4
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment
[39:32]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC2 Phase
Increment 5
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment
[47:40]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC2 Phase
Offset 0
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [7:0]
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [15:8]
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [23:16]
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [31:24]
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [39:32]
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [47:40]
[7:2] Reserved
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
DDC2 Phase
Offset 1
DDC2 Phase
Offset 2
DDC2 Phase
Offset 3
DDC2 Phase
Offset 4
DDC2 Phase
Offset 5
DDC2 test enable
Reserved.
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
0x0
R
1
0
Reserved
R
DDC2 I output test mode
enable
I samples always use the Test Mode A block. The test mode is
selected using the channel dependent Register 0x0550, Bits[3:0].
R/W
0
1
Test mode disabled.
Test mode enabled.
Reserved
0x0370
DDC3 control
7
6
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
DDC3 gain select
Gain can be used to compensate for the 6 dB loss associated with
mixing an input signal down to baseband and filtering out its negative
component.
0
1
0 dB gain.
6 dB gain (multiply by 2).
[5:4] DDC3 intermediate
frequency (IF) mode
0x0
R/W
00
01
10
11
Variable IF mode.
0 Hz IF mode.
fS Hz IF mode.
Test mode.
3
DDC3 complex to real
enable
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Complex (I and Q) outputs contain valid data.
Real (I) output only. Complex to real enabled. Uses extra fS mixing to
convert to real.
[2:0] DDC3 decimation rate
select
Decimation filter selection.
000
001
HB1 + HB2 filter selection: decimate by 2 (complex to real enabled),
or decimate by 4 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 filter selection: decimate by 4 (complex to real
enabled), or decimate by 8 (complex to real disabled).
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 98 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
010
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + HB4 filter selection: decimate by 8 (complex to
real enabled), or decimate by 16 (complex to real disabled).
011
100
101
110
111
HB1 filter selection: decimate by 1 (complex to real enabled), or
decimate by 2 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 3 (complex to real enabled),
or decimate by 6 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 6 (complex to real
enabled), or decimate by 12 (complex to real disabled).
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 12 (complex to
real enabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real disabled).
Decimation determined by Register 0x0371, Bits[7:4].
Only valid when Register 0x0310, Bits[2:0] = 3'b111.
0x0371
DDC3 input select
[7:4] DDC3 decimation rate
select
0x0
R/W
0
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 48
(complex to real disabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real
enabled).
10
FB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 10 (complex to real disabled),
or decimate by 5 (complex to real enabled).
11
FB2 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 20 (complex to real
disabled), or decimate by 10 (complex to real enabled).
100
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 40 (complex to
real disabled), or decimate by 20 (complex to real enabled).
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
0x0374
DDC3 NCO control
[7:4] DDC3 NCO channel select
mode
For edge control, the internal counter wraps when the
Register 0x0374, Bits[3:0] value is reached.
R/W
0
Use Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0].
11
2'b00, GPIO A1, GPIO A0.
1000
1001
Increment internal counter when rising edge of GPIO_A0 pin.
Increment internal counter when rising edge of GPIO_A1 pin.
NCO channel select register map control.
[3:0] DDC3 NCO register map
channel select
0x0
R/W
0
Select NCO Channel 0.
Select NCO Channel 1.
Select NCO Channel 2.
Select NCO Channel 3.
Select NCO Channel 4.
Select NCO Channel 5.
Select NCO Channel 6.
Select NCO Channel 7.
Select NCO Channel 8.
Select NCO Channel 9.
Select NCO Channel 10.
Select NCO Channel 11.
Select NCO Channel 12.
Select NCO Channel 13.
Select NCO Channel 14.
Select NCO Channel 15.
Reserved.
1
10
11
100
101
110
111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
0x0375
DDC3 phase control [7:4] Reserved
0x0
R
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 99 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
[3:0] DDC3 phase update index
Indexes the NCO channel whose phase and offset gets updated. The 0x0
update method is based on the DDC phase update mode, which can
be continuous or require chip transfer.
R/W
0000
0001
0010
0011
Update NCO Channel 0.
Update NCO Channel 1.
Update NCO Channel 2.
Update NCO Channel 3.
0x0376
0x0377
0x0378
0x0379
0x037A
0x037B
0x037D
0x037E
0x037F
0x0380
0x0381
0x0382
0x0387
DDC3 Phase
Increment 0
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment
[7:0]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
.
.
.
.
.
.
DDC3 Phase
Increment 1
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment
[15:8]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC3 Phase
Increment 2
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment
[23:16]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC3 Phase
Increment 3
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment
[31:24]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC3 Phase
Increment 4
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment
[39:32]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC3 Phase
Increment 5
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment
[47:40]
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248
DDC3 Phase
Offset 0
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [7:0]
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [15:8]
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [23:16]
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [31:24]
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [39:32]
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [47:40]
[7:2] Reserved
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.
DDC3 Phase
Offset 1
DDC3 Phase
Offset 2
DDC3 Phase
Offset 3
DDC3 Phase
Offset 4
DDC3 Phase
Offset 5
DDC3 test enable
Reserved.
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
0x0
R
1
0
Reserved
R
DDC3 I output test mode
enable
I samples always use the Test Mode A block. The test mode is
selected using the channel dependent Register 0x0550, Bits[3:0].
R/W
0
1
Test mode disabled.
Test mode enabled.
0x0390
0x0391
0x0392
0x0393
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
A0
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional A [7:0]
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
A1
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional A [15:8]
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
A2
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional A [23:16]
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
A3
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional A [31:24]
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 100 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x0394
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
A4
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional A [39:32]
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0x0395
0x0398
0x0399
0x039A
0x039B
0x039C
0x039D
0x03A0
0x03A1
0x03A2
0x03A3
0x03A4
0x03A5
0x03A8
0x03A9
0x03AA
0x03AB
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
A5
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional A [47:40]
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
B0
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional B [7:0]
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
B1
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional B [15:8]
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
B2
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional B [23:16]
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
B3
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional B [31:24]
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
B4
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional B [39:32]
DDC0 Phase
Increment Fractional
B5
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment
Fractional B [47:40]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
A0
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional A [7:0]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
A1
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional A [15:8]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
A2
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional A [23:16]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
A3
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional A [31:24]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
A4
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional A [39:32]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
A5
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional A [47:40]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
B0
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional B [7:0]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
B1
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional B [15:8]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
B2
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional B [23:16]
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
B3
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional B [31:24]
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 101 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x03AC
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
B4
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional B [39:32]
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0x03AD
0x03B0
0x03B1
0x03B2
0x03B3
0x03B4
0x03B5
0x03B8
0x03B9
0x03BA
0x03BB
0x03BC
0x03BD
0x03C0
0x03C1
0x03C2
0x03C3
DDC1 Phase
Increment Fractional
B5
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment
Fractional B [47:40]
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
A0
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional A [7:0]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
A1
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional A [15:8]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
A2
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional A [23:16]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
A3
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional A [31:24]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
A4
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional A [39:32]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
A5
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional A [47:40]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
B0
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional B [7:0]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
B1
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional B [15:8]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
B2
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional B [23:16]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
B3
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional B [31:24]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
B4
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional B [39:32]
DDC2 Phase
Increment Fractional
B5
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment
Fractional B [47:40]
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
A0
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional A [7:0]
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
A1
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional A [15:8]
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
A2
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional A [23:16]
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
A3
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional A [31:24]
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 102 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x03C4
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
A4
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional A [39:32]
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0x03C5
0x03C8
0x03C9
0x03CA
0x03CB
0x03CC
0x03CD
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
A5
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional A [47:40]
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
B0
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional B [7:0]
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
B1
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional B [15:8]
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
B2
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional B [23:16]
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
B3
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional B [31:24]
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
B4
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional B [39:32]
DDC3 Phase
Increment Fractional
B5
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment
Fractional B [47:40]
Digital Outputs and Test Modes Registers
0x0550
ADC test mode
control (local)
7
User pattern selection
Test mode user pattern selection. This bit is only used when Register 0x0
0x0550, Bits[3:0] = 4’b1000 (user input mode). Otherwise, it is
ignored. User Pattern 1 is found in the User Pattern 1 MSB register
(Register 0x0552) and the User Pattern 1 LSB (Register 0x0551)
registers. User Pattern 2 is found in the User Pattern 2 MSB register
(Register 0x0554) and the User Patter 2 LSB (Register 0x0553)
register, and so on.
R/W
0
1
Continuous/repeat pattern. Place each user pattern (1, 2, 3, and 4)
on the output for 1 clock cycle and then repeat. (Output User Pattern
1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, and so on.)
Single pattern. Place each user pattern (1, 2, 3, and 4) on the output
for 1 clock cycle and then output all zeros. (Output User Pattern 1, 2,
3, 4, and then output all zeros.)
6
5
Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
Reset PN long generator
Test mode long pseudorandom number test generator reset.
Long PN enabled.
R/W
0
1
Long PN held in reset.
4
Reset PN short generator
Test mode short pseudorandom number test generator reset.
Short PN enabled.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Short PN held in reset.
[3:0] Test mode selection
Test mode generation selection.
Off (normal operation).
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
Midscale short.
Positive full scale.
Negative full scale.
Alternating checker board.
PN sequence (long).
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 103 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0110
0111
1000
PN sequence (short).
1/0 word toggle.
User pattern test mode (used with Register 0x0550, Bit 7 and the
User Pattern 1, User Pattern 2, User Pattern 3, and User Pattern 4
registers).
1111
Ramp output.
0x0551
0x0552
0x0553
0x0554
0x0555
0x0556
0x0557
0x0558
0x0559
User Pattern 1 LSB
[7:0] User Pattern 1 [7:0]
User Test Pattern 1 least significant byte.
User Test Pattern 1 least significant byte.
User Test Pattern 2 least significant byte.
User Test Pattern 2 least significant byte.
User Test Pattern 3 least significant bits.
User Test Pattern 3 least significant bits.
User Test Pattern 4 least significant bits.
User Test Pattern 4 least significant bits.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
User Pattern 1 MSB [7:0] User Pattern 1 [15:8]
User Pattern 2 LSB [7:0] User Pattern 2 [7:0]
User Pattern 2 MSB [7:0] User Pattern 2 [15:8]
User Pattern 3 LSB [7:0] User Pattern 3 [7:0]
User Pattern 3 MSB [7:0] User Pattern 3 [15:8]
User Pattern 4 LSB [7:0] User Pattern 4 [7:0]
User Pattern 4 MSB [7:0] User Pattern 4 [15:8]
Output Mode Control [7:4] Converter control Bit 1
1
selection
0000
0001
0010
0011
0101
Tie low (1'b0).
Overrange bit.
Signal monitor bit.
Fast detect (FD) bit.
SYSREF.
[3:0] Converter control Bit 0
selection
0x0
R/W
0000
0001
0010
0011
0101
Tie low (1'b0).
Overrange bit.
Signal monitor bit.
Fast detect (FD) bit.
SYSREF.
0x055A
Output Mode Control [7:4] Reserved
2
Reserved.
0x0
0x1
R
[3:0] Converter control Bit 2
R/W
selection
0000
0001
0010
0011
0101
Tie low (1'b0).
Overrange bit.
Signal monitor bit.
Fast detect (FD) bit.
SYSREF.
0x0561
Out sample mode
[7:3] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
2
Sample invert
0
1
ADC sample data is not inverted.
ADC sample data is inverted.
[1:0] Data format select
0x1
R/W
R/W
00
01
Offset binary.
Twos complement (default).
0x0562
Out overrange clear [7:0] Data format overrange clear
Overrange clear bits (one bit for each virtual converter). Writing a 1 to 0x0
the overrange clear bit clears the corresponding overrange sticky bit.
0
1
Overrange bit enabled.
Overrange bit cleared.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 104 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x0563
Out overrange status [7:0] Data format overrange
Overrange sticky bit status (one bit for each virtual converter). Writing 0x0
a 1 to the overrange clear bit clears the corresponding overrange
sticky bit.
R
0
1
No overrange occurred.
Overrange occurred.
0x0564
0x056E
Out channel select
PLL control
[7:1] Reserved
Converter channel swap
control
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
0
R/W
0
1
Normal channel ordering.
Channel swap enabled.
[7:4] JESD204B lane rate control
0x3
R/W
0000
0001
0011
0101
Lane rate = 6.75 Gbps to 13.5 Gbps.
Lane rate = 3.375 Gbps to 6.75 Gbps.
Lane rate = 13.5 Gbps to 15.5 Gbps.
Lane rate = 1.6875 Gbps to 3.375 Gbps.
Reserved.
[3:0] Reserved
7 PLL lock status
0x0
0x0
R
R
0x056F
PLL status
0
1
Not locked.
Locked.
[6:4] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
R
3
PLL loss of lock
Loss of lock sticky bit.
1
Indicate a loss of lock has occurred at some time. Cleared by setting
Register 0x0571, Bit 0.
[2:0] Reserved
[7:0]
Reserved.
0x0570
0x0571
fS × 4 configuration
See the fS × 4 Mode section.
0xFF R/W
0xFD
0xFF
L = 4, M=1, F = 2, S = 4, N’ = 16, N = 16, CS = 0, CF = 0, HD = 0, fs
× 4 mode enabled
fS × 4 mode disabled. L, M, and F set by Register 0x058B,
Bits[4:0], Register 0x58E, Bits[7:0], and Register 0x058C, Bits[7:0],
respectively.
JESD204B Link
Control 1
7
Standby mode
0x0
R/W
0
1
Standby mode forces zeros for all converter samples.
Standby mode forces code group synchronization (K28.5 characters).
6
5
Tail bit(t) PN
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
Long transport layer test
0
1
JESD204B test samples disabled.
JESD204B test samples enabled, long transport layer test sample
sequence (as specified in JESD204B Section 5.1.6.3) sent on all link
lanes.
4
Lane synchronization
0x1
0x1
R/W
R/W
0
1
Disable FACI uses /K28.7/.
Enable FACI uses /K28.3/ and /K28.7/.
[3:2] ILAS sequence mode
00
01
Initial lane alignment sequence disabled (JESD204B
Section 5.3.3.5).
Initial lane alignment sequence enabled (JESD204B Section 5.3.3.5).
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 105 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
11
Initial lane alignment sequence always on test mode. JESD204B
data link layer test mode where repeated lane alignment sequence
(as specified in JESD204B Section 5.3.3.8.2) sent on all lanes.
1
0
FACI
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Frame alignment character insertion enabled (JESD204B Section
5.3.3.4).
Frame alignment character insertion disabled. For debug only
(JESD204B Section 5.3.3.4).
Link control
0
1
JESD204B serial transmit link enabled. Transmission of the /K28.5/
characters for code group synchronization is controlled by the
SYNC~ signal.
JESD204B serial transmit link powered down (held in reset and clock
gated).
0x0572
JESD204B Link
Control 2
[7:6] SYNCINB± pin control
0x0
R/W
00
10
11
Normal mode.
Ignore SYNCINB± (force CGS).
Ignore SYNCINB± (force ILAS/user data).
5
4
SYNCINB± pin invert
SYNCINB± pin type
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
SYNCINB± pin not inverted.
SYNCINB± pin inverted.
0
1
LVDS differential pair SYNC~ input.
CMOS single-ended SYNC~ input. SYNCINB+ used.
Reserved.
3
2
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
8-bit/10-bit bypass
R/W
0
1
8-bit/10-bit enabled.
8-bit/10-bit bypassed (most significant 2 bits are 0).
1
8-bit/10-bit bit invert
0x0
R/W
0
1
Normal.
Invert a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, I, and j symbols.
Reserved.
0
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0x0573
JESD204B Link
Control 3
[7:6] Checksum mode
00
01
Checksum is the sum of all 8-bit registers in the link configuration
table.
Checksum is the sum of all individual link configuration fields (LSB
aligned).
10
11
Checksum is disabled (set to zero). For test purposes only.
Unused.
[5:4] Test injection point
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
N' sample input.
1
10-bit data at 8-bit/10-bit output (for PHY testing).
8-bit data at scrambler input.
10
[3:0] JESD204B test mode
patterns
0
1
Normal operation (test mode disabled).
Alternating checkerboard.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 106 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
10
1/0 word toggle.
11
31-bit pseudorandom number (PN) sequence: x31 + x28 + 1.
23-bit PN sequence: x23 + x18 + 1.
15-bit PN sequence: x15 + x14 + 1.
9-bit PN sequence: x9 + x5 + 1.
7-bit PN sequence: x7 + x6 + 1.
Ramp output.
100
101
110
111
1000
1110
1111
Continuous/repeat user test.
Single user test.
0x0574
JESD204B Link
Control 4
[7:4] ILAS delay
0x0
R/W
0
Transmit ILAS on first LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on second LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on third LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on fourth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on fifth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on sixth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on seventh LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on eighth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on ninth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on tenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on eleventh LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on twelfth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on thirteenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on fourteenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on fifteenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Transmit ILAS on sixteenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.
Reserved.
1
10
11
100
101
110
111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
3
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
[2:0] Link layer test mode
R/W
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
Normal operation (link layer test mode disabled).
Continuous sequence of /D21.5/ characters.
Reserved.
Reserved.
Modified RPAT test sequence.
JSPAT test sequence.
JTSPAT test sequence.
Reserved.
0x0578
JESD204B LMFC
offset
[7:5] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R
[4:0] LMFC phase offset value
[7:0] JESD204B Tx DID value
[7:4] Reserved
Local multiframe clock (LMFC) phase offset value (in frame clocks).
Refer to the Deterministic Latency section.
R/W
R/W
R
0x0580
0x0581
JESD204B DID
configuration
JESD204B serial device identification (DID) number.
JESD204B BID
configuration
Reserved.
[3:0] JESD204B Tx BID value
[7:5] Reserved
JESD204B serial bank identification (BID) number (extension to DID). 0x0
Reserved. 0x0
R/W
R
0x0583
JESD204B LID0
configuration
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 107 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
[4:0] Lane 0 LID value
[7:5] Reserved
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 0.
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R
0x0584
JESD204B LID1
configuration
[4:0] Lane 1 LID value
[7:5] Reserved
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 1.
Reserved.
0x1
0x0
R/W
R
0x0585
0x0586
0x0587
0x0588
0x0589
0x058A
0x058B
JESD204B LID2
configuration
[4:0] Lane 2 LID value
[7:5] Reserved
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 2.
Reserved.
0x2
0x0
R/W
R
JESD204B LID3
configuration
[4:0] Lane 3 LID value
[7:5] Reserved
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 3.
Reserved.
0x3
0x0
R/W
R
JESD204B LID4
configuration
[4:0] Lane 4 LID value
[7:5] Reserved
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 4.
Reserved.
0x4
0x0
R/W
R
JESD204B LID5
configuration
[4:0] Lane 5 LID value
[7:5] Reserved
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 5.
Reserved.
0x5
0x0
R/W
R
JESD204B LID6
configuration
[4:0] Lane 6 LID value
[7:5] Reserved
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 6.
Reserved.
0x6
0x0
R/W
R
JESD204B LID7
configuration
[4:0] Lane 7 LID value
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 7.
0x7
0x1
R/W
R/W
JESD204B
7
JESD204B scrambling
(SCR)
scrambling and
number lanes (L)
configuration
0
1
JESD204B scrambler disabled (SCR = 0).
JESD204B scrambler enabled (SCR = 1).
Reserved.
[6:5] Reserved
0x0
0x7
R
[4:0] JESD204B lanes (L)
R/W
0x0
0x1
0x3
0x7
One lane per link (L = 1).
Two lanes per link (L = 2).
Four lanes per link (L = 4).
Eight lanes per Link (L = 8).
0x058C
JESD204B link
number of octets per
frames (F)
[7:0] JESD204B F configuration
JESD204B number of octets per frame (F = JESD204B
F configuration + 1)
0x0
R/W
0
F = 1.
1
F = 2.
10
11
F = 3.
F = 4.
101
111
1111
F = 6.
F = 8.
F = 16.
Reserved.
0x058D
JESD204B link
[7:5] Reserved
0x0
R
number of frames
per multiframe (K)
[4:0] JESD204B K configuration
JESD204B number of frames per multiframe (K = JESD204B K
configuration + 1). Only values where F × K is divisible by 4 can be
used.
0x1F
R/W
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 108 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x058E
JESD204B link
number of
[7:0] JESD204B M configuration
JESD204B number of converters per link/device (M = JESD204B M
configuration).
0x1
R/W
converters (M)
0
Link connected to one virtual converter (M = 1).
Link connected to two virtual converters (M = 2).
Link connected to four virtual converters (M = 4).
Link connected to eight virtual converters (M = 8).
1
11
111
0x058F
JESD204B number
of control bits (CS)
and ADC resolution
(N)
[7:6] Number of control bits (CS)
per sample
0x0
R/W
0
No control bits (CS = 0).
1
1 control bit (CS = 1), Control Bit 2 only.
2 control bits (CS = 2), Control Bit 2 and Control Bit 1 only.
10
11
3 control bits (CS = 3), all control bits (Control Bit 2, Control Bit 1, and
Control Bit 0).
5
Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0xF
R
[4:0] ADC converter resolution
(N)
R/W
00110
00111
01000
01001
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
01111
N = 7-bit resolution.
N = 8-bit resolution.
N = 9-bit resolution.
N = 10-bit resolution.
N = 11-bit resolution.
N = 12-bit resolution.
N = 13-bit resolution.
N = 14-bit resolution.
N = 15-bit resolution.
N = 16-bit resolution.
0x0590
JESD204B SCV NP [7:5] Subclass support
configuration
0x1
0xF
R/W
R/W
000
001
Subclass 0.
Subclass 1.
[4:0] ADC number of bits per
sample (N')
0 0111
0 1011
0 1111
N' = 8.
N' = 12.
N' = 16.
Reserved.
0x0591
0x0592
JESD204B JV S
configuration
[7:5] Reserved
0x1
0x0
0x0
R
R
R
[4:0] Samples per converter
frame cycle (S)
Samples per converter frame cycle (S = Register 0x0591, Bits[4:0] +
1).
JESD204B HD CF
configuration
7
HD value
0
1
High density format disabled.
High density format enabled.
Reserved.
[6:5] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
R
[4:0] Control words per frame
clock cycle per link (CF)
Number of control words per frame clock cycle per link
(CF = Register 0x0592, Bits[4:0]).
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 109 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
0x05A0
JESD204B
Checksum 0
configuration
[7:0] Checksum 0 checksum
value for SERDOUT0±
Serial checksum value for Lane 0. Automatically calculated for each
lane. Sum (all link configuration parameters for Lane 0) mod 256.
0xC3
0xC4
0xC5
0xC6
0x0
R
0x05A1
0x05A2
0x05A3
0x05B0
JESD204B
Checksum 1
configuration
[7:0] Checksum 1 checksum
value for SERDOUT1±
Serial checksum value for Lane 1. Automatically calculated for each
lane. Sum (all link configuration parameters for Lane 1) mod 256.
R
JESD204B
Checksum 2
configuration
[7:0] Checksum 2 checksum
value for SERDOUT2±
Serial checksum value for Lane 2. Automatically calculated for each
lane. Sum (all link configuration parameters for each lane) mod 256.
R
JESD204B
Checksum 3
configuration
[7:0] Checksum 3 checksum
value for SERDOUT3±
Serial checksum value for Lane 3. Automatically calculated for each
lane. Sum (all link configuration parameters for Lane 3) mod 256.
R
JESD204B lane
power-down
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
JESD204B Lane 7 power-
down
Physical Lane 7 force power-down.
R/W
0
1
SERDOUT7± normal operation.
SERDOUT7± power-down.
JESD204B Lane 6 power-
down
Physical Lane 6 force power-down.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
1
SERDOUT6± normal operation.
SERDOUT6± power-down.
JESD204B Lane 5 power-
down
Physical Lane 5 force power-down.
0
1
SERDOUT5± normal operation.
SERDOUT5± power-down.
JESD204B Lane 4 power-
down
Physical Lane 4 force power-down.
0
1
SERDOUT4± normal operation.
SERDOUT4± power-down.
JESD204B Lane 3 power-
down
Physical Lane 3 force power-down.
0
1
SERDOUT3± normal operation.
SERDOUT3± power-down.
JESD204B Lane 2 power-
down
Physical Lane 2 force power-down.
0
1
SERDOUT2± normal operation.
SERDOUT2± power-down.
JESD204B Lane 1 power-
down
Physical Lane 1 force power-down.
0
1
SERDOUT1± normal operation.
SERDOUT1± power-down.
JESD204B Lane 0 power-
down
Physical Lane 0 force power-down.
0
1
SERDOUT0± normal operation.
SERDOUT0± power-down.
Reserved.
0x05B2
JESD204B Lane
Assign 1
Reserved
0x0
0x1
R
[6:4] SERDOUT1± lane
assignment
Physical Lane 1 assignment.
R/W
0
1
Logical Lane 0.
Logical Lane 1 (default).
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 110 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
10
Logical Lane 2.
Logical Lane 3.
Logical Lane 4.
Logical Lane 5.
Logical Lane 6.
Logical Lane 7.
Reserved.
11
100
101
110
111
3
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
[2:0] SERDOUT0± lane
assignment
Physical Lane 0 assignment.
R/W
0
Logical Lane 0 (default).
Logical Lane 1.
Logical Lane 2.
Logical Lane 3.
Logical Lane 4.
Logical Lane 5.
Logical Lane 6.
Logical Lane 7.
Reserved.
1
10
11
100
101
110
111
0x05B3
JESD204B Lane
Assign 2
7
Reserved
0x0
0x3
R
[6:4] SERDOUT3± lane
assignment
Physical Lane 3 assignment.
R/W
0
Logical Lane 0.
1
Logical Lane 1.
10
11
Logical Lane 2.
Logical Lane 3 (default).
Logical Lane 4.
100
101
110
111
Logical Lane 5.
Logical Lane 6.
Logical Lane 7.
3
Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x2
R
[2:0] SERDOUT2± lane
assignment
Physical Lane 2 assignment.
R/W
0
Logical Lane 0.
Logical Lane 1
Logical Lane 2 (default).
Logical Lane 3.
Logical Lane 4.
Logical Lane 5.
Logical Lane 6.
Logical Lane 7.
Reserved.
1
10
11
100
101
110
111
0x05B5
JESD204B Lane
Assign 3
7
Reserved
0x0
0x5
R
[6:4] SERDOUT5± lane
assignment
Physical Lane 5 assignment.
R/W
0
Logical Lane 0.
Logical Lane 1.
Logical Lane 2.
Logical Lane 3.
1
10
11
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 111 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
100
101
110
111
Logical Lane 4.
Logical Lane 5 (default).
Logical Lane 6.
Logical Lane 7.
3
Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x4
R
[2:0] SERDOUT4± lane
assignment
Physical Lane 4 assignment.
R/W
0
Logical Lane 0.
Logical Lane 1.
Logical Lane 2.
Logical Lane 3.
Logical Lane 4 (default).
Logical Lane 5.
Logical Lane 6.
Logical Lane 7.
Reserved.
1
10
11
100
101
110
111
0x05B6
JESD204B Lane
Assign 4
7
Reserved
0x0
0x7
R
[6:4] SERDOUT7± lane
assignment
Physical Lane 7 assignment.
R/W
0
Logical Lane 0.
1
Logical Lane 1.
10
11
Logical Lane 2.
Logical Lane 3.
100
101
110
111
Logical Lane 4.
Logical Lane 5.
Logical Lane 6.
Logical Lane 7 (default).
Reserved.
3
Reserved
0x0
0x6
R
[2:0] SERDOUT6± lane
assignment
Physical Lane 6 assignment.
R/W
0
Logical Lane 0.
1
Logical Lane 1.
10
11
Logical Lane 2.
Logical Lane 3.
100
101
110
111
Logical Lane 4.
Logical Lane 5.
Logical Lane 6 (default).
Logical Lane 7.
0x05BF
SERDOUTx± data
invert
7
Invert SERDOUT7± data
Invert SERDOUT7± data.
0x0
R/W
0
1
Normal.
Invert.
6
5
Invert SERDOUT6± data
Invert SERDOUT5± data
Invert SERDOUT6± data.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Normal.
Invert.
Invert SERDOUT5± data.
0
1
Normal.
Invert.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 112 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Invert SERDOUT4± data
Settings
Description
Reset Access
4
3
2
1
0
7
Invert SERDOUT4± data.
Normal.
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
1
Invert.
Invert SERDOUT3± data
Invert SERDOUT2± data
Invert SERDOUT1± data
Invert SERDOUT0± data
Reserved
Invert SERDOUT3± data.
Normal.
0
1
Invert.
Invert SERDOUT2± data.
Normal.
0
1
Invert.
Invert SERDOUT1± data.
Normal.
0
1
Invert.
Invert SERDOUT0± data.
Normal.
0
1
Invert.
0x05C0
0x05C1
0x05C2
JESD204B Swing
Adjust 1
Reserved.
0x0
0x1
R
[6:4] SERDOUT1± voltage swing
adjust
Output swing level for SERDOUT1±.
R/W
000
001
010
1.0 × DRVDD1.
0.850 × DRVDD1.
0.750 × DRVDD1.
Reserved.
3
Reserved
0x0
0x1
R
[2:0] SERDOUT0± voltage swing
adjust
Output swing level for SERDOUT0±.
R/W
000
001
010
1.0 × DRVDD1.
0.850 × DRVDD1.
0.750 × DRVDD1.
Reserved.
JESD204B Swing
Adjust 2
7
Reserved
0x0
0x1
R
[6:4] SERDOUT3± voltage swing
adjust
Output swing level for SERDOUT3±.
R/W
000
001
010
1.0 × DRVDD1.
0.850 × DRVDD1.
0.750 × DRVDD1.
Reserved.
3
Reserved
0x0
0x1
R
[2:0] SERDOUT2± voltage swing
adjust
Output swing level for SERDOUT2±.
R/W
000
001
010
1.0 × DRVDD1.
0.850 × DRVDD1.
0.750 × DRVDD1.
Reserved.
JESD204B Swing
Adjust 3
7
Reserved
0x0
0x1
R
[6:4] SERDOUT5± voltage swing
adjust
Output swing level for SERDOUT5±.
R/W
000
001
010
1.0 × DRVDD1.
0.850 × DRVDD1.
0.750 × DRVDD1.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 113 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Reserved
Settings
Description
Reset Access
3
Reserved.
0x0
0x1
R
[2:0] SERDOUT4± voltage swing
adjust
Output swing level for SERDOUT4±.
R/W
000
001
010
1.0 × DRVDD1.
0.850 × DRVDD1.
0.750 × DRVDD1.
Reserved.
0x05C3
JESD204B Swing
Adjust 4
7
Reserved
0x0
0x1
R
[6:4] SERDOUT7± voltage swing
adjust
Output swing level for SERDOUT7±.
R/W
000
001
010
1.0 × DRVDD1.
0.850 × DRVDD1.
0.750 × DRVDD1.
Reserved.
3
Reserved
0x0
0x1
R
[2:0] SERDOUT6± voltage swing
adjust
Output swing level for SERDOUT6±.
R/W
000
001
010
1.0 × DRVDD1.
0.850 × DRVDD1.
0.750 × DRVDD1.
Post tap enable.
0x05C4
0x05C5
0x05C6
SERDOUT0 pre-
emphasis select
7
Post tap enable
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
[6:4] Set post tap level for
SERDOUT0±
Set post tap level.
000
001
010
011
100
0 dB.
3 dB.
6 dB.
9 dB.
12 dB.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
Post tap enable.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
SERDOUT1 pre-
emphasis select
7
Post tap enable
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
[6:4] Set post tap level for
SERDOUT1±
Set post tap level.
0x0
R/W
000
001
010
011
100
0 dB.
3 dB.
6 dB.
9 dB.
12 dB.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
Post tap enable.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
SERDOUT2 pre-
emphasis select
7
Post tap enable
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
[6:4] Set post tap level for
SERDOUT2±
Set post tap level.
0x0
R/W
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 114 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
000
001
010
011
100
0 dB.
3 dB.
6 dB.
9 dB.
12 dB.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
Post tap enable.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0x05C7
SERDOUT3 pre-
emphasis select
7
Post tap enable
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
[6:4] Set post tap level for
SERDOUT3±
Set post tap level.
0x0
R/W
000
001
010
011
100
0 dB.
3 dB.
6 dB.
9 dB.
12 dB.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
Post tap enable.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0x05C8
0x05C9
0x05CA
SERDOUT4 pre-
emphasis select
7
Post tap enable
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
[6:4] Set post tap level for
SERDOUT4±
Set post tap level.
0x0
R/W
000
001
010
011
100
0 dB.
3 dB.
6 dB.
9 dB.
12 dB.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
Post tap enable.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
SERDOUT5 pre-
emphasis select
7
Post tap enable
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
[6:4] Set post tap level for
SERDOUT5±
Set post tap level.
0x0
R/W
000
001
010
011
100
0 dB.
3 dB.
6 dB.
9 dB.
12 dB.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
Post tap enable.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
SERDOUT6 pre-
emphasis select
7
Post tap enable
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
[6:4] Set post tap level for
SERDOUT6±
Set post tap level.
0x0
R/W
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 115 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
000
001
010
011
100
0 dB.
3 dB.
6 dB.
9 dB.
12 dB.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved.
Post tap enable.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0x05CB
SERDOUT7 pre-
emphasis select
7
Post tap enable
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
[6:4] Set post tap level for
SERDOUT7±
Set post tap level.
0x0
R/W
000
001
010
011
100
0 dB.
3 dB.
6 dB.
9 dB.
12 dB.
[3:0] Reserved
[7:0]
Reserved.
See Table 30.
0x0
R/W
R/W
0x1222
0x1228
0x1262
JESD204B PLL
calibration
0x00
0x00
0x04
JESD204B PLL normal operation.
Reset JESD204B PLL calibration
See Table 30.
JESD204B PLL
start-up control
[7:0]
0x0F
0x00
R/W
R/W
0x0F
0x4F
JESD204B start-up circuit in normal operation.
Reset JESD204B start-up circuit.
See Table 30.
JESD204B PLL LOL [7:0]
bit control
0x00
0x80
Loss of lock bit normal operation.
Clear loss of lock bit.
Programmable Filter Control and Coefficients Registers
0x0DF8
PFILT control
[7:3] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
[2:0] PFILT mode
Programmable filter (PFILT) mode.
Disabled (filters bypassed).
Single filter (X only).
DOUT[n] = DIN[n] × X[n].
Single filter (X and Y together).
DOUT[n] = DIN[n] * XY_I[n].
Cascaded filters (X to Y).
DOUT[n] = DIN[n] × X[n] × Y[n].
Real 96-tap filter.
R/W
000
001
010
100
111
DOUT[n] = DIN_I[n] × XY[n].
Reserved.
0x0DF9
PFILT gain
7
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
[6:4] PFILT Y gain
PFILT Y gain.
R/W
110
111
000
001
−12 dB loss.
−6 dB loss.
0 dB gain.
+6 dB gain.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 116 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
010
+12 dB gain.
Reserved.
3
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
[2:0] PFILT X gain
PFILT X gain.
−12 dB loss.
−6 dB loss.
0 dB gain.
R/W
110
111
000
001
010
+6 dB gain.
+12 dB gain.
0x0E0 to PFILT X
[7:0] Programmable Filter X
Coefficient 0 to 127
Refer to the coefficient table (Table 14) in the Programmable FIR
Filters section for details. Coefficients are only applied after the chip
transfer bit (Register 0x000F, Bit 0) is set.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
0x0E7F
Coefficient x
0x0F00
to
PFILT Y
Coefficient x
[7:0] Programmable Filter Y
Coefficient 0 to 127
Refer to the coefficient table (Table 14) in the Programmable FIR
Filters section for details. Coefficients are only applied after the chip
transfer bit (Register 0x000F, Bit 0) is set.
0x0F7F
VREF/Analog Input Control Registers
0x0701
DC offset calibration [7:0] DC offset calibration control
0x06
R/W
control (local)
0x06
0x86
Disable.
Enable.
0x18A6
VREF control
[7:1] Reserved
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
0
VREF control
R/W
0
1
Internal reference.
External reference.
Reserved.
0x18E3
0x18E6
External VCM buffer
control
7
6
Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
External VCM buffer
R/W
0
1
Disable.
Enable.
[5:0] External VCM buffer [5:0]
See the Input Common Mode section.
See the Temperature Diode section.
0x0
0x0
R/W
R/W
Temperature diode
export
[7:0] Temperature diode location
select
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x40
0x41
0x42
0x43
Central diode. VREF pin = high-Z.
Central diode. VREF pin = 1× diode voltage output.
Central diode. VREF pin = 20× diode voltage output.
Central diode. VREF pin = GND.
ADC Core diode. VREF pin = high-Z.
ADC Core diode. VREF pin = 1× diode voltage output.
ADC Core diode. VREF pin = 20× diode voltage output.
ADC Core diode. VREF pin = GND.
0x1908
0x1910
Analog input control [7:3] Reserved
(local)
Reserved.
0x0
0x0
R
2
Enable dc coupling
R/W
0
1
Analog input is optimized for ac coupling.
Analog input is optimized for dc coupling.
Reserved.
[1:0] Reserved
[7:4] Reserved
0x0
0x0
R
R
Input full-scale
control (local)
Reserved.
[3:0] Input full-scale voltage
Full-scale voltage setting.
0xD
R/W
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 117 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
MEMORY MAP
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details
Addr.
Name
Bits Bit Name
Settings
Description
Reset Access
1000
1001
1101
1110
1111
0000
1.02 V p-p differential.
1.13 V p-p differential.
1.54 V p-p differential.
1.64 V p-p differential.
1.75 V p-p differential.
1.85 V p-p differential.
Reserved.
0x1A4C
Buffer Control 1
(local)
[7:6] Reserved
0x0
R
[5:0] Buffer Control 1
Input Buffer Main Current 1. See the Analog Input Buffer Controls
and SFDR Optimization section.
0x19
R/W
01 0100
01 1001
01 1110
10 0011
10 1000
11 0010
Buffer current set to 400 µA.
Buffer current set to 500 µA.
Buffer current set to 600 µA.
Buffer current set to 700 µA.
Buffer current set to 800 µA.
Buffer current set to 1000 µA.
Reserved.
0x1A4D
Buffer Control 2
(local)
[7:6] Reserved
0x0
R
[5:0] Buffer Control 2
Input Buffer Main Current 2. See the Analog Input Buffer Controls
and SFDR Optimization section.
0x19
R/W
01 0100
01 1001
01 1110
10 0011
10 1000
11 0010
Buffer current set to 400 µA.
Buffer current set to 500 µA.
Buffer current set to 600 µA.
Buffer current set to 700 µA.
Buffer current set to 800 µA.
Buffer current set to 1000 µA.
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 118 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
DRVDD1, in that order. Figure 127 shows the simplified schematic.
The dc resistance (DCR) of the ferrite bead must be taken into con-
sideration when choosing the appropriate ferrite bead. Otherwise,
excessive loss across the ferrite bead can lead to a malfunctioning
ADC. Adjustable LDO regulators can be employed to output a
higher voltage to account for the drop across the ferrite bead.
POWER SUPPLY RECOMMENDATIONS
Table 45 shows the power supplies needed to power the AD9699.
A power-on sequence is not required to operate the AD9699. The
power supply domains can be powered up in any order.
Table 45. Typical Power Supplies for the AD9699
Domain
Voltage (V)
Tolerance (%)
Alternatively, the LDO regulators can be bypassed altogether and
the AD9699 can be driven directly from the dc-to-dc converter.
Note that this approach has risks in that there may be more power
supply noise injected into the power supply domains of the ADC.
To minimize noise, follow the layout guidelines of the dc-to-dc
converter.
AVDD1
0.975
0.975
0.975
0.975
1.9
±2.5
±2.5
±2.5
±2.5
±2.5
±2.5
±2.5
±2.5
AVDD1_SR
DVDD
DRVDD1
AVDD2
DRVDD2
SPIVDD
AVDD3
1.9
1.9
2.5
For applications requiring an optimal high power efficiency and low
noise performance, it is recommended that the ADP5054 quad
switching regulator be used to convert an input voltage in the 6.0
V to 15 V range to intermediate rails (1.3 V, 2.4 V, and 3.0 V).
These intermediate rails are then postregulated by very low noise,
low dropout (LDO) regulators (ADP1763, ADP7159, and ADP151).
Figure 126 shows the recommended power supply scheme for the
AD9699.
Figure 127. Simplified Power Solution for the AD9699
The user can employ several different decoupling capacitors to
cover both high and low frequencies. These capacitors must be
located close to the point of entry at the PCB level and close to the
devices, with minimal trace lengths.
LAYOUT GUIDELINES
The ADC evaluation board can be used as a guide to follow good
layout practices. The evaluation board layout is set up in such a
way as to
► Minimize clock coupling to the analog inputs.
► Provide enough power and ground planes for the various supply
domains while reducing cross coupling.
► Provide adequate thermal relief to the ADC.
Figure 126. High Efficiency, Low Noise Power Solution for the AD9699
Figure 128 shows the overall layout scheme used for the AD9699
evaluation board.
It is not necessary to split all of these power domains in all cases.
The recommended solution shown in Figure 126 provides the low-
est noise, highest efficiency power delivery system for the AD9699.
If only one 0.975 V supply is available, route to AVDD1 first and
then tap it off and isolate it with a ferrite bead or a filter choke,
preceded by decoupling capacitors for AVDD1_SR, DVDD, and
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 119 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
AVDD1_SR (PIN E7) AND AGND (PIN E6 AND
PIN E8)
AVDD1_SR (Pin E7) and AGND (Pin E6 and Pin E8) can be used
to provide a separate power supply node to the SYSREF± circuits
of the AD9699. If running in Subclass 1, the AD9699 can support
periodic one-shot or gapped signals. To minimize the coupling of
this supply into the AVDD1 supply node, adequate supply bypass-
ing is needed.
Figure 128. Recommended PCB Layout for the AD9699
analog.com
Rev. 0 | 120 of 121
Data Sheet
AD9699
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS
Figure 129. 196-Ball Ball Grid Array, Thermally Enhanced [BGA_ED]
12 mm × 12 mm (BP-196-4)
Dimensions shown in millimeters
Updated: May 01, 2021
ORDERING GUIDE
Model1
Temperature Range
Package Description
Packing Quantity
Package Option
AD9699BBPZ-3000
−40°C to +105°C
−40°C to +105°C
196-Ball Ball Grid Array, Thermally Enhanced [BGA_ED] Tray, 189
196-Ball Ball Grid Array, Thermally Enhanced [BGA_ED] Reel, 1500
BP-196-4
BP-196-4
AD9699BBPZRL-3000
1
Z = RoHS Compliant Part.
EVALUATION BOARDS
Model1
Description
AD9208-3000EBZ
Evaluation Board
1
The AD9208-3000EBZ can be used to evaluate the AD9699.
©2021 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks and
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
One Technology Way, P.O. Box 9106, Norwood, MA 02062-9106, U.S.A.
Rev. 0 | 121 of 121
相关型号:
AD96A000XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 96 Contact(s), 3 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A010XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 64 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A020XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 64 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A030XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 64 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A040XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 1 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A050XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 1 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A060XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 1 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A070XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A080XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A090XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 48 Contact(s), 3 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
AD96A100XX(LF)
Board Euro Connector, 48 Contact(s), 3 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明